US20160083343A1 - Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin - Google Patents
Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- US20160083343A1 US20160083343A1 US14/776,726 US201414776726A US2016083343A1 US 20160083343 A1 US20160083343 A1 US 20160083343A1 US 201414776726 A US201414776726 A US 201414776726A US 2016083343 A1 US2016083343 A1 US 2016083343A1
- Authority
- US
- United States
- Prior art keywords
- alkyl
- optionally substituted
- independently
- aryl
- ring
- Prior art date
- Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
- Abandoned
Links
- 0 B.C.CC[Y]C.[3*]CCC.[H]C(C)(C)C Chemical compound B.C.CC[Y]C.[3*]CCC.[H]C(C)(C)C 0.000 description 35
- OILJIEKQCVHNMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1 OILJIEKQCVHNMM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- UATQYOIOJJNROK-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC(C)(C)C1(C(C)(C)C)CCCC1 Chemical compound CC.CC(C)(C)C1(C(C)(C)C)CCCC1 UATQYOIOJJNROK-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 7
- SWGKVCAHLOUNNO-WFAYODGISA-N Cl.O=C(C1=CC=NC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CN=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.O=C(C1=CC=NC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CN=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=NC=C1 SWGKVCAHLOUNNO-WFAYODGISA-N 0.000 description 2
- DGXAGETVRDOQFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Oc1c(C=O)c(O)ccc1 Chemical compound Oc1c(C=O)c(O)ccc1 DGXAGETVRDOQFP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- JLFHXNINERBPLZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=C(C)N=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=C(C)N=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O JLFHXNINERBPLZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- MEUVAJXZPZEGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N B.C Chemical compound B.C MEUVAJXZPZEGQD-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KULFLGZFPGYITK-ZWWVWGPZSA-N C.C.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NN2C(C)C)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2COCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O Chemical compound C.C.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NN2C(C)C)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2COCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O KULFLGZFPGYITK-ZWWVWGPZSA-N 0.000 description 1
- GBSHGSRKSOHXPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCSCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)CCN1CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1.CC(C)(CN1CCOCC1)OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(CN1CCOCC1)OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CC(CC(=O)C(C)(C)C)N1CCCCC1 Chemical compound C.CC(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)C1(CN2CCCCC2)CCSCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)CCN1CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)N1CCOCC1.CC(C)(CN1CCOCC1)OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(CN1CCOCC1)OC(=O)C(C)(C)C.CC(CC(=O)C(C)(C)C)N1CCCCC1 GBSHGSRKSOHXPV-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NRTBSFDZQTVOGB-OBGAFBMLSA-N C.CC1=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2COC2=C(C=O)C(O)=CC=C2)C=CC=N1.CC1=NC=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2COC2=C(C=O)C(O)=CC=C2)C=C1 Chemical compound C.CC1=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2COC2=C(C=O)C(O)=CC=C2)C=CC=N1.CC1=NC=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2COC2=C(C=O)C(O)=CC=C2)C=C1 NRTBSFDZQTVOGB-OBGAFBMLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NNAASTKINCEGDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N C.CC1=C(OCC2CN(C)CCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2COCCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2CSCCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CNC(=O)c1c(COC2=C(C)C(O)=CC=C2)CCCC1 Chemical compound C.CC1=C(OCC2CN(C)CCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2COCCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2CSCCN2C(=O)OC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CNC(=O)c1c(COC2=C(C)C(O)=CC=C2)CCCC1 NNAASTKINCEGDX-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SAKYBRJKRFABLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N C=C1OC=C(COC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)O1.C=C1OC=C(COC(C)(C)C)O1.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O.CC(C)(C)OCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O Chemical compound C=C1OC=C(COC(=O)OC(C)(C)C)O1.C=C1OC=C(COC(C)(C)C)O1.CC(C)(C)OC(=O)OCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O.CC(C)(C)OCN1C(=O)C2=C(C=CC=C2)C1=O SAKYBRJKRFABLA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- MQAVAXZCKHTGER-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(=O)C1=C(OCC2CCCN2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N(C)C2CC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=NC=C1Cl.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)NC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=CN=CC(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)=C1C.CCOC(=O)N1CCCC1COC1=C(C)C(O)=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(=O)C1=C(OCC2CCCN2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N(C)C2CC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)C=NC=C1Cl.CC1=C(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)NC(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=CN=CC(OCC2=CC=CN=C2C(=O)N2CCCC2)=C1C.CCOC(=O)N1CCCC1COC1=C(C)C(O)=CC=C1 MQAVAXZCKHTGER-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VESKJZQSILVCLA-GUHKXDMSSA-N CC(C)(C)/C=C\C=O.CC1=C(C(C)(C)C)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound CC(C)(C)/C=C\C=O.CC1=C(C(C)(C)C)C=CC=C1O VESKJZQSILVCLA-GUHKXDMSSA-N 0.000 description 1
- VOMFOIJTKPSTTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCSCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCOCC2)CCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)N1CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCN1CCCCC1.CC(COC(=O)C(C)(C)C)N1CCCCC1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCOCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCCCC2)CCSCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OC1(CN2CCOCC2)CCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCC(C)(C)N1CCCCC1.CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCCN1CCCCC1.CC(COC(=O)C(C)(C)C)N1CCCCC1 VOMFOIJTKPSTTA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TZBJZDUPVUWTAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCOP(C)(=O)O.COP(=O)(O)OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C(=O)OCOP(C)(=O)O.COP(=O)(O)OCOC(=O)C(C)(C)C TZBJZDUPVUWTAL-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XCYVLZXWLBLNID-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 XCYVLZXWLBLNID-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DUEWVSVNRHEQQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=N1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=NC=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CN=CC=C1.CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=CC=N1.CC(C)(C)C1=CC=NC=C1.CC(C)(C)C1=CN=CC=C1.CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(C)(C)C DUEWVSVNRHEQQF-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ATADKLRTGCDSCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1=NC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1=NC2=C(C=C1)CCCC2 ATADKLRTGCDSCA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- FCXYHCYNCWKCOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1CCC2=C(C=CC=C2)C1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCC2=C(C=CC=C2)C1 FCXYHCYNCWKCOS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- BIQBSUXXWXMZCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1CCC2=C(C=CC=C2)N1 Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCC2=C(C=CC=C2)N1 BIQBSUXXWXMZCC-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- KUNIOYNHIDRRQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)C1CCCCN1C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)C1CCCN1C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)C1COCCN1C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)C1CCCCN1C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)C1CCCN1C(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)C1COCCN1C(C)(C)C KUNIOYNHIDRRQB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ULMPRPGWHMTLNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)(C)O.CC(C)(C)OCOP(=O)(OC(C)(C)C)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)OP(=O)(OCCl)OC(C)(C)C.CCOP(=O)(OCC)OCCl.CCOP(=O)(OCC)OCOC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)(C)O.CC(C)(C)OCOP(=O)(OC(C)(C)C)OC(C)(C)C.CC(C)(C)OP(=O)(OCCl)OC(C)(C)C.CCOP(=O)(OCC)OCCl.CCOP(=O)(OCC)OCOC(C)(C)C ULMPRPGWHMTLNA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NILICNSEIMSBQY-WFAYODGISA-N CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)O.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=NN1C(C)C Chemical compound CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)O.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=NN1C(C)C NILICNSEIMSBQY-WFAYODGISA-N 0.000 description 1
- UXKRQWMPDCGRKY-AWEZNQCLSA-N CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1COC1=CC=CC(O)=C1C=O Chemical compound CC(C)N1N=CC=C1C(=O)N1CCC[C@H]1COC1=CC=CC(O)=C1C=O UXKRQWMPDCGRKY-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LKEXCZVEBMMROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC(C)OC(=O)C(C)CP(=O)(COC(C)C(C)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC(C)OC(=O)C(C)CP(=O)(COC(C)C(C)C)OC1=CC=CC=C1 LKEXCZVEBMMROB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- JDVHDQZQOLEZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC.CC(C)(C)C1(C(C)(C)C)[V]([V][V])CC[V]1[V][V][V] Chemical compound CC.CC(C)(C)C1(C(C)(C)C)[V]([V][V])CC[V]1[V][V][V] JDVHDQZQOLEZBM-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RUVZZEVVZIQGTJ-YTXYTZKLSA-N CC1=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2CO)C=CC=N1.CC1=C(C(=O)O)C=CC=N1.Cl.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=C(C)N=CC=C1 Chemical compound CC1=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2CO)C=CC=N1.CC1=C(C(=O)O)C=CC=N1.Cl.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=C(C)N=CC=C1 RUVZZEVVZIQGTJ-YTXYTZKLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- OYDAKNWPWZQJGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CC1=C(OCC2=C(C(=O)N(C)C)SC=C2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=C(C(=O)N3CCCC3)CC=C2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2CCCCN2C(=O)C(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCc2c(C(=O)N(C)C(C)C)CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CCCC(=O)N1CCOCC1COC1=C(C)C(O)=CC=C1.CCNC(=O)c1c(COC2=C(C)C(O)=CC=C2)COCC1 Chemical compound CC1=C(OCC2=C(C(=O)N(C)C)SC=C2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2=C(C(=O)N3CCCC3)CC=C2)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCC2CCCCN2C(=O)C(C)C)C=CC=C1O.CC1=C(OCc2c(C(=O)N(C)C(C)C)CCCC2)C=CC=C1O.CCCC(=O)N1CCOCC1COC1=C(C)C(O)=CC=C1.CCNC(=O)c1c(COC2=C(C)C(O)=CC=C2)COCC1 OYDAKNWPWZQJGN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DJGGJNFWXJIHNW-DTPGYVEDSA-N CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=N2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O Chemical compound CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=N2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NC=C2)=C1C=O.CC1=CC=CC(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)=C1C=O DJGGJNFWXJIHNW-DTPGYVEDSA-N 0.000 description 1
- XRFJYLJLKGFIFN-ZJMCKRPCSA-N CC1=NC=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2CO)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1.Cl.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CN=C(C)C=C1 Chemical compound CC1=NC=C(C(=O)N2CCCC[C@H]2CO)C=C1.CC1=NC=C(C(=O)O)C=C1.Cl.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CN=C(C)C=C1 XRFJYLJLKGFIFN-ZJMCKRPCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NEIXFFJGYRWCLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCC(=O)OCC(C)(C)C.COCC(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCC(=O)OCC(C)(C)C.COCC(C)(C)C NEIXFFJGYRWCLS-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- PYCHXHVFOZBVEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCCC(=O)C(C)(C)C Chemical compound CCCC(=O)C(C)(C)C PYCHXHVFOZBVEY-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- IMSGHKWOMSVPEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N CCO.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1 Chemical compound CCO.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1 IMSGHKWOMSVPEN-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXZJBBPDJAQHNF-WTMQMJMGSA-N COC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=N1.COCCl.COCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OC)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OC)N=C1.[2H]CF Chemical compound COC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COC1=CC=C(O)C=N1.COCCl.COCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OC)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OC)N=C1.[2H]CF SXZJBBPDJAQHNF-WTMQMJMGSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CNMIRVDOESDSFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C=O.O=CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound COC1=CC=CC(OC)=C1C=O.O=CC1=C(O)C=CC=C1O CNMIRVDOESDSFA-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ACHYQASHNVEJKM-UHFFFAOYSA-M COCCBr.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCl.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1.O=COO[K].OC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1.[KH] Chemical compound COCCBr.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCl.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.COCOC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1.O=COO[K].OC1=CC=C(OCC2=CC=CC=C2)N=C1.[KH] ACHYQASHNVEJKM-UHFFFAOYSA-M 0.000 description 1
- IKXRGHWVYZRVFJ-DLWAKCFRSA-M COCCBr.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.O=COO[K].[2H]CF.[KH] Chemical compound COCCBr.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCOC1=CC=C(O)N=C1.O=COO[K].[2H]CF.[KH] IKXRGHWVYZRVFJ-DLWAKCFRSA-M 0.000 description 1
- XMONPNPUQTYSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1 Chemical compound COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(O)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1 XMONPNPUQTYSOW-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- CBKFGZZWYWJGAW-PBJKEDEQSA-N COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.[2H]CF Chemical compound COCCOC1=C(C=O)C=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC(C=O)=C(OCOC)C=N1.COCCOC1=CC=C(OCOC)C=N1.[2H]CF CBKFGZZWYWJGAW-PBJKEDEQSA-N 0.000 description 1
- WXSGQHKHUYTJNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N COc1cccc(OC)c1C=O Chemical compound COc1cccc(OC)c1C=O WXSGQHKHUYTJNB-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HNTZKNJGAFJMHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N Cc(nccc1)c1C(O)=O Chemical compound Cc(nccc1)c1C(O)=O HNTZKNJGAFJMHQ-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZIXSELYHQFHZIN-NSHDSACASA-N Cc1ncccc1C(N1[C@H](CO)CCCC1)=O Chemical compound Cc1ncccc1C(N1[C@H](CO)CCCC1)=O ZIXSELYHQFHZIN-NSHDSACASA-N 0.000 description 1
- VLAGVLCHJQHWTE-ZJMCKRPCSA-N Cl.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 VLAGVLCHJQHWTE-ZJMCKRPCSA-N 0.000 description 1
- HAHFFWYISUFQON-UATRRPIVSA-N Cl.O=C(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CN=CC=C1.OCC1CCCCC1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CN=CC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.O=C(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CN=CC=C1.OCC1CCCCC1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CN=CC=C1 HAHFFWYISUFQON-UATRRPIVSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RIPKLZNMXUJYBN-NNRZWQGASA-N Cl.O=C(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=NC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=NC=CC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.O=C(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=NC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=NC=CC=C1 RIPKLZNMXUJYBN-NNRZWQGASA-N 0.000 description 1
- UEQPLKMWJVGYBT-YOSHPDDESA-N Cl.O=S(=O)(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=S(=O)(Cl)C1=CC=CN=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CN=CC=C1 Chemical compound Cl.O=S(=O)(C1=CN=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=S(=O)(Cl)C1=CC=CN=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CN=CC=C1 UEQPLKMWJVGYBT-YOSHPDDESA-N 0.000 description 1
- SCXSPILKCOEGAD-DKHBGXPNSA-N O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 SCXSPILKCOEGAD-DKHBGXPNSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NPBLPRWHAIRUFM-QLRNWHNBSA-N O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCOC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@H]1CCCOC1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1COCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=C(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCOC[C@H]1CO.O=C(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@H]1CCCOC1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1COCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 NPBLPRWHAIRUFM-QLRNWHNBSA-N 0.000 description 1
- ZZQQDMLLINNERD-WFAYODGISA-N O=S(=O)(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=S(=O)(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound O=S(=O)(C1=CC=CC=C1)N1CCC[C@H]1CO.O=S(=O)(Cl)C1=CC=CC=C1.OC[C@@H]1CCCN1.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1O.[H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1S(=O)(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 ZZQQDMLLINNERD-WFAYODGISA-N 0.000 description 1
- PRAYXGYYVXRDDW-LURJTMIESA-N OC[C@H]1NCCCC1 Chemical compound OC[C@H]1NCCCC1 PRAYXGYYVXRDDW-LURJTMIESA-N 0.000 description 1
- OTNHCDMTINHDPR-INIZCTEOSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 OTNHCDMTINHDPR-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AOMVIQXGKMTHAH-HNNXBMFYSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(O)C=CC=C1OC[C@@H]1CCCN1C(=O)C1=CC=CC=C1 AOMVIQXGKMTHAH-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- RYLYOEVKMYTDQA-INIZCTEOSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=C(C)C=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=C(C)C=C2)C=CC=C1O RYLYOEVKMYTDQA-INIZCTEOSA-N 0.000 description 1
- DIXJEEIWNGTEBR-HNNXBMFYSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O DIXJEEIWNGTEBR-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
- USYDBTWWZXXXES-AWEZNQCLSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=NC=C2)C=CC=C1O USYDBTWWZXXXES-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- LAEUDKTWJROGLP-AWEZNQCLSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=CN=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O LAEUDKTWJROGLP-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- TWOOAJJERQIUND-ZDUSSCGKSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=NC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2C(=O)C2=NC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O TWOOAJJERQIUND-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- NYDZWFBXOVCAIM-AWEZNQCLSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O NYDZWFBXOVCAIM-AWEZNQCLSA-N 0.000 description 1
- AWTCNJQMMIGYMR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CN=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2CCCN2S(=O)(=O)C2=CC=CN=C2)C=CC=C1O AWTCNJQMMIGYMR-ZDUSSCGKSA-N 0.000 description 1
- SXAADVVBQKBOHZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2COCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O Chemical compound [H]C(=O)C1=C(OC[C@@H]2COCCN2C(=O)C2=CC=CC=C2)C=CC=C1O SXAADVVBQKBOHZ-HNNXBMFYSA-N 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
- A61K31/4025—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil not condensed and containing further heterocyclic rings, e.g. cromakalim
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/4427—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems
- A61K31/4439—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof containing further heterocyclic ring systems containing a five-membered ring with nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. omeprazole
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/435—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom
- A61K31/44—Non condensed pyridines; Hydrogenated derivatives thereof
- A61K31/445—Non condensed piperidines, e.g. piperocaine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
- A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
- A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
- A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
- A61K31/535—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having six-membered rings with at least one nitrogen and one oxygen as the ring hetero atoms, e.g. 1,2-oxazines
- A61K31/5375—1,4-Oxazines, e.g. morpholine
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P11/00—Drugs for disorders of the respiratory system
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P17/00—Drugs for dermatological disorders
- A61P17/02—Drugs for dermatological disorders for treating wounds, ulcers, burns, scars, keloids, or the like
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P25/00—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system
- A61P25/28—Drugs for disorders of the nervous system for treating neurodegenerative disorders of the central nervous system, e.g. nootropic agents, cognition enhancers, drugs for treating Alzheimer's disease or other forms of dementia
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P35/00—Antineoplastic agents
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P43/00—Drugs for specific purposes, not provided for in groups A61P1/00-A61P41/00
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
- A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
- A61P7/00—Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
- A61P7/06—Antianaemics
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07C—ACYCLIC OR CARBOCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07C271/00—Derivatives of carbamic acids, i.e. compounds containing any of the groups, the nitrogen atom not being part of nitro or nitroso groups
- C07C271/06—Esters of carbamic acids
- C07C271/08—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/10—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms
- C07C271/16—Esters of carbamic acids having oxygen atoms of carbamate groups bound to acyclic carbon atoms with the nitrogen atoms of the carbamate groups bound to hydrogen atoms or to acyclic carbon atoms to carbon atoms of hydrocarbon radicals substituted by singly-bound oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by hetero atoms, attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D207/34—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having two double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D207/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D207/46—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom with hetero atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D207/48—Sulfur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/10—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with radicals containing only carbon and hydrogen atoms attached to ring carbon atoms with acylated ring nitrogen atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/20—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms
- C07D211/22—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by singly bound oxygen or sulphur atoms by oxygen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/18—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/30—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals directly attached to ring carbon atoms with substituted hydrocarbon radicals attached to ring carbon atoms with hydrocarbon radicals, substituted by doubly bound oxygen or sulfur atoms or by two oxygen or sulfur atoms singly bound to the same carbon atom
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D211/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/60—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D211/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings
- C07D211/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D211/68—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D211/72—Heterocyclic compounds containing hydrogenated pyridine rings, not condensed with other rings with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D211/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D213/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D213/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom
- C07D213/60—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings, not condensed with other rings, with one nitrogen atom as the only ring hetero atom and three or more double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having three double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members having no bond between the ring nitrogen atom and a non-ring member or having only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D213/78—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms, with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
- C07D213/81—Amides; Imides
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings
- C07D241/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D241/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings
- C07D241/36—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
- C07D241/38—Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,4-diazine or hydrogenated 1,4-diazine rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems with only hydrogen or carbon atoms directly attached to the ring nitrogen atoms
- C07D241/40—Benzopyrazines
- C07D241/42—Benzopyrazines with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached to carbon atoms of the hetero ring
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D265/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D265/28—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines
- C07D265/30—1,4-Oxazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-oxazines not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D279/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one nitrogen atom and one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atoms
- C07D279/10—1,4-Thiazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-thiazines
- C07D279/12—1,4-Thiazines; Hydrogenated 1,4-thiazines not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D295/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms
- C07D295/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing polymethylene-imine rings with at least five ring members, 3-azabicyclo [3.2.2] nonane, piperazine, morpholine or thiomorpholine rings, having only hydrogen atoms directly attached to the ring carbon atoms acylated on ring nitrogen atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
- C07D309/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members
- C07D309/08—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having no double bonds between ring members or between ring members and non-ring members with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D309/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings
- C07D309/16—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member
- C07D309/28—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one oxygen atom as the only ring hetero atom, not condensed with other rings having one double bond between ring members or between a ring member and a non-ring member with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D333/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D333/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
- C07D333/04—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom
- C07D333/26—Heterocyclic compounds containing five-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings not substituted on the ring sulphur atom with hetero atoms or with carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals, directly attached to ring carbon atoms
- C07D333/38—Carbon atoms having three bonds to hetero atoms with at the most one bond to halogen, e.g. ester or nitrile radicals
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D335/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom
- C07D335/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing six-membered rings having one sulfur atom as the only ring hetero atom not condensed with other rings
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D401/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom
- C07D401/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings
- C07D401/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, at least one ring being a six-membered ring with only one nitrogen atom containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/06—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a carbon chain containing only aliphatic carbon atoms
-
- C—CHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
- C07—ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
- C07D—HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
- C07D403/00—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00
- C07D403/02—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings
- C07D403/12—Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, having nitrogen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D401/00 containing two hetero rings linked by a chain containing hetero atoms as chain links
Definitions
- This invention provides compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable as allosteric modulators of hemoglobin, methods and intermediates for their preparation, and methods for their use in treating disorders mediated by hemoglobin and disorders that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation.
- Sickle cell disease is a disorder of the red blood cells, found particularly among those of African and Mediterranean descent.
- the basis for sickle cell disease is found in sickle hemoglobin (HbS), which contains a point mutation relative to the prevalent peptide sequence of hemoglobin (Hb).
- Hemoglobin transports oxygen molecules from the lungs to various tissues and organs throughout the body. Hemoglobin binds and releases oxygen through conformational changes.
- Sickle hemoglobin (HbS) contains a point mutation where glutamic acid is replaced with valine, allowing HbS to become susceptible to polymerization to give the HbS containing red blood cells their characteristic sickle shape. The sickled cells are also more rigid than normal red blood cells, and their lack of flexibility can lead to blockage of blood vessels.
- U.S. Pat. No. 7,160,910 discloses compounds that are allosteric modulators of hemoglobin. However, a need exists for additional therapeutics that can treat disorders that are mediated by Hb or by abnormal Hb such as HbS.
- This invention relates generally to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable as allosteric modulators of hemoglobin. In some aspects, this invention relates to methods for treating disorders mediated by hemoglobin and disorders that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation.
- ring b is joined to L 1 or L 2 via a nitrogen atom.
- R 3 is joined to L 2 via a nitrogen atom.
- composition comprising any of the compounds described herein, and at least a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- a method for increasing oxygen affinity of hemoglobin S in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for treating oxygen deficiency associated with sickle cell anemia comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- compositions and methods are intended to mean that the compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others.
- Consisting essentially of when used to define compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination for the stated purpose. Thus, a composition or process consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude other materials or steps that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention.
- Consisting of shall mean excluding more than trace elements of other ingredients and substantial method steps. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
- C m -C n such as C 1 -C 12 , C 1 -C 8 , or C 1 -C 6 when used before a group refers to that group containing m to n carbon atoms.
- alkoxy refers to —O-alkyl. Cycloalkoxy refers to —O-cycloalkyl.
- alkyl refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 30 alkyl) or 1 to 22 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 22 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C 1 -C 8 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
- This term includes, by way of example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH 3 —), ethyl (CH 3 CH 2 —), n-propyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 —), isopropyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CH—), n-butyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), isobutyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CHCH 2 —), sec-butyl ((CH 3 )(CH 3 CH 2 )CH—), t-butyl ((CH 3 ) 3 C—), n-pentyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 CH 2 —), and neopentyl ((CH 3 ) 3 CCH 2 —).
- linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH 3 —), ethyl (CH 3 CH 2 —), n-propyl (CH 3 CH 2 CH 2 —), isopropyl ((CH 3 ) 2 CH—),
- aryl refers to a monovalent, aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring having 6-10 ring carbon atoms. Examples of aryl include phenyl and naphthyl. The condensed ring may or may not be aromatic provided that the point of attachment is at an aromatic carbon atom. For example, and without limitation, the following is an aryl group:
- —CO 2 H ester refers to an ester formed between the —CO 2 H group and an alcohol, preferably an aliphatic alcohol.
- chiral moiety refers to a moiety that is chiral. Such a moiety can possess one or more asymmetric centers. Preferably, the chiral moiety is enantiomerically enriched, and more preferably a single enantiomer.
- Non limiting examples of chiral moieties include chiral carboxylic acids, chiral amines, chiral amino acids, such as the naturally occurring amino acids, chiral alcohols including chiral steroids, and the likes.
- cycloalkyl refers to a monovalent, preferably saturated, hydrocarbyl mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring having 3-12 ring carbon atoms. While cycloalkyl, refers preferably to saturated hydrocarbyl rings, as used herein, it also includes rings containing 1-2 carbon-carbon double bonds. Nonlimiting examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamentyl, and the like. The condensed rings may or may not be non-aromatic hydrocarbyl rings provided that the point of attachment is at a cycloalkyl carbon atom. For example, and without limitation, the following is a cycloalkyl group:
- halo refers to F, Cl, Br, and/or I.
- heteroaryl refers to a monovalent, aromatic mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring having 2-16 ring carbon atoms and 1-8 ring heteroatoms selected preferably from N, O, S, and P and oxidized forms of N, S, and P, provided that the ring contains at least 5 ring atoms.
- Nonlimiting examples of heteroaryl include furan, imidazole, oxadiazole, oxazole, pyridine, quinoline, and the like.
- the condensed rings may or may not be a heteroatom containing aromatic ring provided that the point of attachment is a heteroaryl atom.
- heterocyclyl refers to a non-aromatic, mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring containing 2-12 ring carbon atoms and 1-8 ring heteroatoms selected preferably from N, O, S, and P and oxidized forms of N, S, and P, provided that the ring contains at least 3 ring atoms. While heterocyclyl preferably refers to saturated ring systems, it also includes ring systems containing 1-3 double bonds, provided that the ring is non-aromatic.
- heterocyclyl examples include, azalactones, oxazoline, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl.
- the condensed rings may or may not contain a non-aromatic heteroatom containing ring provided that the point of attachment is a heterocyclyl group.
- the following is a heterocyclyl group:
- hydrolyzing refers to breaking an R H —O—CO—, R H —O—CS—, or an R H —O—SO 2 -moiety to an R H —OH, preferably by adding water across the broken bond.
- a hydrolyzing is performed using various methods well known to the skilled artisan, non limiting examples of which include acidic and basic hydrolysis.
- oxo refers to a C ⁇ O group, and to a substitution of 2 geminal hydrogen atoms with a C ⁇ O group.
- the group may be substituted with one or more substituents, such as e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents.
- the substituents are selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, —CN, NO 2 , —N 2 +, —CO 2 R 100 , —OR 100 , —SR 100 , —SOR 100 , —SO 2 R 100 , —NR 101 R 102 , —CONR 101 R 102 , —SO 2 NR 101 R 102 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, —CR 100 ⁇ C(R 100 ) 2 , —CCR 100 , C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl and C 2 -C 12 heteroaryl, wherein each R 100 independently is hydrogen or C 1 -C 8 alkyl; C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl;
- the substituents are selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, —OCH 3 , methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, vinyl, ethynyl, —CO 2 H, —CO 2 CH 3 , —OCF 3 , —CF 3 and —OCHF 2 .
- R 101 and R 102 independently is hydrogen; C 1 -C 8 alkyl, optionally substituted with —CO 2 H or an ester thereof, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, oxo, —CR 103 ⁇ C(R 103 ) 2 , —CCR, C 3 -C 10 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 10 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 12 aryl, or C 2 -C 12 heteroaryl, wherein each R 103 independently is hydrogen or C 1 -C 8 alkyl; C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl; C 3 -C 10 heterocyclyl; C 6 -C 12 aryl; or C 2 -C 12 heteroaryl; wherein each cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 alkyl groups or 1-3 halo groups, or R 101 and R 102 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycle.
- pharmaceutically acceptable refers to safe and non-toxic for in vivo, preferably, human administration.
- pharmaceutically acceptable salt refers to a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- salt refers to an ionic compound formed between an acid and a base.
- salts include, without limitation, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, and ammonium salts.
- ammonium salts include, salts containing protonated nitrogen bases and alkylated nitrogen bases.
- Exemplary, and non-limiting cations useful in pharmaceutically acceptable salts include Na, K, Rb, Cs, NH 4 , Ca, Ba, imidazolium, and ammonium cations based on naturally occurring amino acids.
- salts include, without limitation, salts of organic acids, such as carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, and mineral acids, such as hydrogen halides, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the likes.
- exemplary and non-limiting anions useful in pharmaceutically acceptable salts include oxalate, maleate, acetate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, chloride, sulfate, bisalfate, mono-, di-, and tribasic phosphate, mesylate, tosylate, and the likes.
- treat include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition or one or more symptoms thereof, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting or suppressing the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or suppressing the symptoms of the disease or condition, and are intended to include prophylaxis.
- the terms also include relieving the disease or conditions, e.g., causing the regression of clinical symptoms.
- the terms further include achieving a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit.
- compositions are administered to an individual at risk of developing a particular disease, or to an individual reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease has not been made.
- preventing or “prevention” refer to a reduction in risk of acquiring a disease or disorder (i.e., causing at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a subject that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease).
- the terms further include causing the clinical symptoms not to develop, for example in a subject at risk of suffering from such a disease or disorder, thereby substantially averting onset of the disease or disorder.
- an effective amount refers to an amount that is effective for the treatment of a condition or disorder by an intranasal administration of a compound or composition described herein.
- an effective amount of any of the compositions or dosage forms described herein is the amount used to treat a disorder mediated by hemoglobin or a disorder that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation of any of the compositions or dosage forms described herein to a subject in need thereof.
- carrier refers to relatively nontoxic chemical compounds or agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells, e.g., red blood cells, or tissues.
- a “prodrug” is a compound that, after administration, is metabolized or otherwise converted to an active or more active form with respect to at least one property.
- a pharmaceutically active compound can be modified chemically to render it less active or inactive, but the chemical modification is such that an active form of the compound is generated by metabolic or other biological processes.
- a prodrug may have, relative to the drug, altered metabolic stability or transport characteristics, fewer side effects or lower toxicity. For example, see the reference Nogrady, 1985, Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392.
- Prodrugs can also be prepared using compounds that are not drugs.
- L 1 is a bond
- L 2 is C ⁇ O. In certain embodiments, L 2 is SO 2 .
- ring C is phenyl which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl and/or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy,
- V 1 and V 2 independently are C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or V 1 and V 2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
- t is 0. In certain embodiments, t is 1. In certain embodiments, t is 2. In certain embodiments, t is 3.
- R 60 can be hydrogen, provided that the COOR 60 is not joined to a nitrogen atom.
- Y and Z are both not a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety.
- one of Y and Z is a methylene or substituted methylene and the other is a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety.
- Y is an alkylene
- Z is a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety, which, yet more preferably is oxygen.
- V 1 and V 2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
- V 1 and V 2 independently are C 1 -C 6 alkoxy; or V 1 and V 2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
- each V 3 and V 4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one or V 3 and V 4 is S the other is NH, and provided that V 3 and V 4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V 5 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl or CO 2 R 60 , where each R 60 independently is C 1 -C 6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV 1 V 2 is C ⁇ V, wherein V is O.
- the compound of Formula (II) is of Formula (III):
- Y—Z is —CH 2 O— or —CH 2 CH 2 — and the remaining substituents are as defined herein.
- R 4 and —CHO are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C.
- the compound of Formula (II) is of Formula (IIIA):
- the compound is of Formula IIIB, IIIC, or IIID:
- ring B is substituted with 1-3: halo, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, COR 15 , or COOR 15 ;
- 2 is CH 2 , O, S, SO, SO 2 or NH.
- Z is O, S, SO or SO 2 .
- Z is O, and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- Y is CR 10 R 11 , O, S, SO, SO 2 , or NR 10 ; wherein each R 10 and R 11 independently is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl. In certain embodiments, Y is CR 10 R 11 wherein each R 10 and R 11 independently is hydrogen or C 1 -C 3 alkyl. Preferably, Y is CH 2 , and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- t is 0. In certain embodiments, t is 1. In certain embodiments, t is 2. In certain embodiments, t is 3.
- CV 1 V 2 is C ⁇ V, wherein V is O, and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- R 4 is —OH.
- R 3 is optionally substituted phenyl. In other embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted pyridine. In certain embodiments, R 3 is optionally substituted pyrazole.
- R 3 is selected from the group consisting of:
- ring B is a 5-6 membered heterocycle containing a heteroatom selected from N, S, or O. In one embodiment, ring B is a 5-6 membered heterocycle containing a N as the heteroatom.
- ring B is selected from the group consisting of:
- L is a bond
- L 2 is C ⁇ O. In certain embodiments, L 2 is SO 2 .
- ring C is phenyl which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR 2 , C 1 -C 6 alkyl and/or C 1 -C 6 alkoxy,
- the compound is selected from the group consisting of
- R is hydrogen, a phosphate or a diphosphate containing moiety, or another promoiety or prodrug moiety.
- the prodrug moiety imparts at least a 2 fold, more preferably a 4 fold, enhanced solubility and/or bioavailability to the active moiety (where R is hydrogen), and more preferably is hydrolyzed in vivo.
- the promoieties are structurally and functionally defined herein.
- R is —COR 90 , CO 2 R 91 , or CONR 92 R 93 wherein R 90 and R 91 independently are C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; and
- R is —C(O)R 31 , C(O)OR 31 , or CON(R 13 ) 2 ,
- each R 31 is independently a C 1 -C 6 alkyl; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; and
- each R 13 independently is C 1 -C 6 alkyl; C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; or 2 R 13 together with the nitrogen atom they are bonded to for a 4-9 member heterocycle substituted with at least 1 amino, C 1 -C 6 alkyl amino, or di C 1 -C 6 alkylamino group.
- R is C(O)OR 31 , C(S)OR 31 , C(O)SR 31 or COR 31 , wherein R 31 is as defined herein.
- R 31 is a group of the formula (CR 32 R 33 ) e NR 34 R 35 , wherein
- each R 32 and R 33 is independently H, a C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl or R 32 and R 33 together with the carbon atom they are bond to form a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl ring system, or 2 adjacent R 32 moieties or 2 adjacent R 33 moieties together with the carbon atom they are bond to form a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl ring system;
- each R 34 and R 35 is a C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, or R 34 and R 35 together with the nitrogen atom they are bond to form a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl or C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl ring system;
- each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with C 1 -C 3 alkyl, —OH, amino and carboxyl groups;
- e is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- R 34 and R 35 can be hydrogen.
- the subscript e is preferably 2 and each R 32 and R 33 is preferably independently selected from the group, H, CH 3 , and a member in which R 32 and R 33 are joined together to form a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 1,1-dioxo-hexahydro-I ⁇ 6 -thiopyran-4-yl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl group.
- preferred embodiments are compounds wherein NR 34 R 35 is morpholino.
- R is:
- each R 32 and R 33 is independently H, C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or optionally, if both present on the same substituent, may be joined together to form a C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl ring system.
- each R 32 and R 33 is independently, H, CH 3 , or are joined together to form a cyclopropyl, cyclopbutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1,1-dioxo-hexahydro-I ⁇ 6 -thiopyran-4-yl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl group.
- linkage of the prodrug moiety to the rest of the active molecule is stable enough so that the serum half life of the prodrug is from about 8 to about 24 hours.
- the prodrug moiety comprises a tertiary amine having a pKa near the physiological pH of 7.5. Any amines having a pKa within 1 unit of 7.5 are suitable alternatives amines for this purpose.
- the amine may be provided by the amine of a morpholino group. This pKa range of 6.5 to 8.5 allows for significant concentrations of the basic neutral amine to be present in the mildly alkaline small intestine.
- the basic, neutral form of the amine prodrug is lipophilic and is absorbed through the wall of the small intestine into the blood. Following absorption into the bloodstream, the prodrug moiety is cleaved by esterases which are naturally present in the serum to release an active compound.
- R examples of R include, without limitation:
- R is as tabulated below:
- R is,
- R 36 is lower alkyl (e.g. C 1 -C 6 alkyl).
- R is:
- X 1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S and NR 37 wherein R 37 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl;
- Y 1 is —C(R 38 ) 2 or a sugar moiety, wherein each R 38 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl;
- X 2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, diacylglycerol, amino, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 dialkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkylthio, a PEG moiety, a bile acid moiety, a sugar moiety, an amino acid moiety, a di- or tri-peptide, a PEG carboxylic acid, and —U—V wherein
- U is O or S
- V is selected from the group consisting of C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, C(W 2 )X 3 , PO(X 3 ) 2 , and SO 2 X 3 ;
- W 2 is O or NR 39
- R 39 is hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 hetrocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl;
- each X 3 is independently amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, hetrocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 dialkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkylthio, a bile acid based alkoxy group, a sugar moiety, a PEG moiety, and —O—CH 2 —CH(OR 40 )CH 2 X 4 R 40 ,
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S ⁇ O, and SO 2 ;
- each R 40 is independently C 10 -C 22 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 8 alkylene, or C 1 -C 8 heteroalkylene.
- Each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with C 1 -C 3 alkyl, —OH, amino and carboxyl groups.
- the present invention utilizes the following Y 1 groups: CH 2 , CHMe, CH(isopropyl), CH(tertiarybutyl), C(Me) 2 , C(Et) 2 , C(isopropyl) 2 , and C(propyl) 2 .
- the present invention utilizes the following X 2 groups:
- R is:
- X 3 is independently C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl;
- R 42 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl.
- Each heterocyclic is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably, 1-3, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, —OH, amino and/or carboxyl groups.
- R is:
- each X 3 is independently amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 dialkylamino, C 1 -C 6 alkylthio, a bile acid based alkoxy group, a sugar moiety, a PEG moiety, and —O—CH 2 —CH(OR 40 )CH 2 X 4 R 40 ,
- X 4 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S ⁇ O, and SO 2 ;
- each R 40 is independently C 10 -C 22 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 8 alkylene, or C 1 -C 8 heteroalkylene; and
- R 42 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl.
- R 42 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl; and each X 3 independently is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, C 1 -C 6 alkoxy, C 1 -C 6 alkylamino, C 1 -C 6 dialkylamino, or C 1 -C 6 alkylthio.
- R is represented by the following structures:
- R 43 is C 10 -C 22 alkyl or alkylene
- R 44 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- R 45 represents side chain alkyl groups present in naturally occurring alpha amino acids
- R is:
- R is —C(R 200 R 201 )O(R 202 R 203 )P(O)OR 204 NR 205 R 206 , wherein each R 200 , R 201 , R 202 , R 203 , R 204 R 205 and R 206 is independently H, a C 1 -C 8 alkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted.
- R is —CH(R 201 )OCH 2 P(O)OR 204 NHR 206 , wherein R 201 is C 1 -C 8 alkyl, R 24 is phenyl, optionally substituted.
- R 206 is —CHR 207 C(O)OR 208 wherein R 207 is selected from the group consisting of the naturally occurring amino acid side chains and —CO 2 H esters thereof and R 208 is C 1 -C 8 alkyl.
- R 206 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3, CO 2 H, SH, NH 2 , C 6 -C 10 aryl, and C 2 -C 10 heteroaryl.
- R is:
- R is:
- Y 1 is —C(R 38 ) 2 , wherein each R 38 is independently hydrogen or C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl.
- PEG polyethylene glycol
- R is
- R 50 is —OH or hydrogen
- R 51 is —OH, or hydrogen
- W is —CH(CH 3 )W 1 ;
- W 1 is a substituted C 1 -C 8 alkyl group containing a moiety which is optionally negatively charged at physiological pH
- said moiety is selected from the group consisting of CO 2 H, SO 3 H, SO 2 H, —P(O)(OR 52 )(OH), —OP(O)(OR 52 )(OH), and OSO 3 H,
- R 52 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, C 3 -C 8 cycloalkyl, C 3 -C 9 heterocyclyl, C 6 -C 10 aryl, or C 3 -C 9 heteroaryl.
- Each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1-3, C 1 -C 3 alkyl, —OH, amino and/or carboxyl groups.
- R is:
- R 53 is H or C 1 -C 6 alkyl.
- R is SO 3 H.
- R comprises a cleavable linker, wherein the term “cleavable linker” refers to a linker which has a short half life in vivo.
- the breakdown of the linker Z in a compound releases or generates the active compound.
- the cleavable linker has a half life of less than ten hours. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has a half life of less than an hour. In one embodiment, the half life of the cleavable linker is between one and fifteen minutes.
- the cleavable linker has at least one connection with the structure: C*— C( ⁇ X*)X*—C* wherein C* is a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, and X* is S or O.
- the cleavable linker has at least one C*—C( ⁇ O)O—C* connection.
- the cleavable linker has at least one C*—C( ⁇ O)S—C* connection.
- the cleavable linker has at least one —C( ⁇ O)N*—C*—SO 2 —N*-connection, wherein N* is —NH— or C 1 -C 6 alkylamino.
- the cleavable linker is hydrolyzed by an esterase enzyme.
- the linker is a self-immolating linker, such as that disclosed in U.S. patent publication 2002/0147138, to Firestone; PCT Appl. No. US05/08161 and PCT Pub. No. 2004/087075.
- the linker is a substrate for enzymes. See generally Rooseboom et al., 2004, Pharmacol. Rev. 56:53-102.
- composition comprising any of the compounds described herein, and at least a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- this invention provides a composition comprising any of the compounds described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- compositions suitable for oral delivery can be formulated for different routes of administration.
- routes that may be used include transdermal, intravenous, intraarterial, pulmonary, rectal, nasal, vaginal, lingual, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracutaneous, intracranial, and subcutaneous routes.
- Suitable dosage forms for administering any of the compounds described herein include tablets, capsules, pills, powders, aerosols, suppositories, parenterals, and oral liquids, including suspensions, solutions and emulsions. Sustained release dosage forms may also be used, for example, in a transdermal patch form. All dosage forms may be prepared using methods that are standard in the art (see e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16 th ed., A. Oslo editor, Easton Pa. 1980).
- compositions in accordance with the invention are prepared by conventional means using methods known in the art.
- compositions disclosed herein may be used in conjunction with any of the vehicles and excipients commonly employed in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., talc, gum arabic, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, cocoa butter, aqueous or non-aqueous solvents, oils, paraffin derivatives, glycols, etc. Coloring and flavoring agents may also be added to preparations, particularly to those for oral administration. Solutions can be prepared using water or physiologically compatible organic solvents such as ethanol, 1,2-propylene glycol, polyglycols, dimethylsulfoxide, fatty alcohols, triglycerides, partial esters of glycerin and the like.
- Solid pharmaceutical excipients include starch, cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like.
- Liquid and semisolid excipients may be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc.
- the compositions provided herein comprises one or more of ⁇ -tocopherol, gum arabic, and/or hydroxypropyl cellulose.
- this invention provides sustained release formulations such as drug depots or patches comprising an effective amount of a compound provided herein.
- the patch further comprises gum Arabic or hydroxypropyl cellulose separately or in combination, in the presence of alpha-tocopherol
- the hydroxypropyl cellulose has an average MW of from 10,000 to 100,000.
- the hydroxypropyl cellulose has an average MW of from 5,000 to 50,000.
- co-administration can be in any manner in which the pharmacological effects of both are manifest in the patient at the same time.
- co-administration does not require that a single pharmaceutical composition, the same dosage form, or even the same route of administration be used for administration of both the compound of this invention and the other agent or that the two agents be administered at precisely the same time.
- co-administration will be accomplished most conveniently by the same dosage form and the same route of administration, at substantially the same time. Obviously, such administration most advantageously proceeds by delivering both active ingredients simultaneously in a novel pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the present invention.
- a method for increasing tissue and/or cellular oxygenation comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for increasing oxygen affinity of hemoglobin S in a subject comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for treating a condition associated with oxygen deficiency comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for treating oxygen deficiency associated with sickle cell anemia comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for treating sickle cell disease comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- a method for treating cancer, a pulmonary disorder, stroke, high altitude sickness, an ulcer, a pressure sore, Alzheimer's disease, acute respiratory disease syndrome, and a wound comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- the reactions are preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent that will be apparent to the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure, for a sufficient period of time to ensure substantial completion of the reaction as observed by thin layer chromatography, 1 H-NMR, etc. If needed to speed up the reaction, the reaction mixture can be heated, as is well known to the skilled artisan.
- the final and the intermediate compounds are purified, if necessary, by various art known methods such as crystallization, precipitation, column chromatography, and the likes, as will be apparent to the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure.
- a 5 and B 5 are independently NR 14 , O, S, S(O)x, NBoC, CH 2 , CHR 14 , C(R 14 ) 2 provided that when both A 5 and B 5 are present in a ring, both are not CH 2 , CHR 14 , C(R 14 ) 2 , and provided that if only a single A 5 or B 5 is present in a ring, that A 5 or B 5 is not CH 2 , CHR 14 , C(R 14 ) 2 ;
- R 14 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl, COR 15 or COOR 15 ; wherein R 15 is optionally substituted C 1 -C 6 alkyl, optionally substituted C 6 -C 10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- X, and X 5 each represents a leaving group and are independently selected from Cl, Br, and I.
- X 6 represents CR, N, O, S(O)x; wherein x is 0, 1, or 2;
- Y 5 represents a leaving group selected from Cl, F, Br, I, OSO 2 R 71 and OSO 2 Ar;
- R 71 is C 1 -C 6 alkyl
- Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo and/or C 1 -C 4 alkyl groups
- n 0, 1, or 2.
- the ice cooling bath was allowed to expire over 90 min and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2-48 hours.
- the mixture was stirred for 10 min, then filtered through a pad of silica.
- the silica was washed with ethyl acetate 2-20 mL.
- the combined filtrates were evaporated and the residue was dried on highvac.
- the residue was purified by preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography.
- a solution of aqueous 1N Na 2 CO 3 is then added to produce a solution of pH ⁇ 8, the mixture was extracted with DCM (3 ⁇ 10-50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to the crude substituted methylene chloride (2a), which is then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0-100% ethyl acetate-hexanes).
- the double bond of heterocyclohexene carboxylate 8 is reduced to give the cis-heterocyclohexane 11-cis carboxylate under palladium catalyzed hydrogenation conditions (Step 6).
- Reduction of the ester group of 11-cis by LAH or DIBAL yields cis-alcohol 12-OH-cis (Step 8).
- Conversion of the alcohol 12-OH-cis to its chloride, bromide or sulfonate (such as mesylate, tosylate) 13-X-cis can be achieved by reacting with thionyl chloride, or Ph 3 PBr 2 , or sufonyl chloride (such as mesyl chloride or tosyl chloride) (Step 9).
- the cis-cyclohexane carboxylate 11-cis can also be isomerized to the thermodynamically more stable trans-isomer 11-trans by the treatment with an alcoholic alkoxide (e.g., ethoxide) solution.
- transformation of 11-trans ester to 12-trans alcohol and 13-X-trans halide is accomplished by applying conditions of Step 8 and Step 9 similar to these for the corresponding cis-isomers.
- the ketone ester 14 is converted to the triflate intermediate 15 by treating with a triflating agent (e.g, triflic anhydride) in the presence of an organic base such as Hunig's base (Step 1).
- a triflating agent e.g, triflic anhydride
- an organic base such as Hunig's base
- Suzuki coupling of the triflate 15 with a boronic acid or ester affords heterocyclo carboxylate 16 (Step 2).
- Subsequent reduction of the ester group by LAH or DIBAL gives the corresponding alcohol 18 (Step 3).
- the double bond of 16 is reduced to give the saturated heterolic analog 17 under palladium catalyzed hydrogenation conditions (Step 5).
- Reduction of the ester group of 17 by LAH or DIBAL yields alcohol 20 (Step 7).
- Conversion of the alcohol 20 to its chloride, bromide or sulfonate (such as mesylate, tosylate) 21 can be achieved by reacting with thionyl chloride, or Ph 3 PBr 2 , or sufonyl chloride (such as mesyl chloride or tosyl chloride) (Step 8).
- Chiral pyrrolidine methylene derivatives 25 and 26 can be prepared according to reaction sequence depicted herein.
- the pyrrolidine ester 24 is produced via a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition of alkene 22 with azomethine-ylide generated in situ from formaldehyde and amino acid 23 alkene (Step 1). Subsequent reduction of the ester to alcohol 24 and further conversion 25 are accomplished by analogous methods described herein. If a chiral auxiliary group such as chiral oxazolidinone derivative 22a is used, optically active pyrrolidine derivatives 25 and 26 can also be obtained. Coupling of 25 and 26 with hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) by general method A or B affords the corresponding aryloxy/heteroaryloxyether analogs (4).
- Protected amides of formula —CONHR 95 and —CONHOR 95 can be converted e.g., hydrolyzed to the corresponding amides according to methods known to the skilled artisan.
- Compounds of structure 4 can be synthesized via general synthetic scheme 1. Reduction of carboxylic acid derivative 1 gives hydroxymethyl analog 2, which can be N-derivativtized at via copper-mediated N-arylation reaction (CuI, Ar—I, base such as N,N-dimethylethylenediamine and potassium phosphate, heat) to give key hydroxymethyl intermediate 3. Coupling of 3 with phenol aldehyde 4 produces the desired aldehyde analog 5 via typical Mistunobu conditions using either triphenylphosphine or polymer supported triphenylphosphine.
- a 1 is a heteroatom or a hydrocarbyl moiety as defined herein.
- the carboxylate 1a (1-10 mmol) is first dissolved in DMF (2-20 mL); to this was then added a base such as NaH or Cs 2 CO 3 (1-1.2 eq), followed by the addition of alkyl halide (eg, BnBr) (0.9-1.5 eq).
- alkyl halide eg, BnBr
- Compounds of structure 5 can be synthesized via general synthetic scheme 1. Reduction of carboxylic acid derivative 1 gives hydroxymethyl analog 2, which can be N-alkylated by simple alkyl halide (base, R 1 X, heat) or aryl halide (ArX) via copper-mediated N-arylation reaction (CuI, Ar—I, base such as N,N-dimethylethylenediamine and potassium phosphate, heat) to give key hydroxymethyl intermediate 3. Coupling of 3 with phenol aldehyde 4 produces the desired aldehyde analog 5 via typical Mistunobu conditions using either triphenylphosphine or polymer supported triphenylphosphine.
- a 1 is a heteroatom or a hydrocarbyl moiety as defined herein.
- the carboxylate 1 can be first alkylated and then reduced to give N-alkyl hydroxymethylene analog 3.
- the carboxylate 1 (1-10 mmol) is first dissolved in DMF (2-20 mL); to this was then added a base such as NaH or Cs 2 CO 3 (1-1.2 eq), followed by the addition of alkyl halide (eg, BnBr) (0.9-1.5 eq).
- alkyl halide eg, BnBr
- workup A water was added to the reaction mixture, the precipitated product was collected, washed with water, and then subjected to preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography purification.
- Syntheses of the ester prodrugs start with the free carboxylic acid bearing the tertiary amine.
- the free acid is activated for ester formation in an aprotic solvent and then reacted with a free alcohol group in the presence of an inert base, such as triethyl amine, to provide the ester prodrug.
- Activating conditions for the carboxylic acid include forming the acid chloride using oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride in an aprotic solvent, optionally with a catalytic amount of dimethyl formamide, followed by evaporation.
- aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, and the like.
- activations can be performed in situ by using reagents such as BOP (benzotriazol-I-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like (see Nagy et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6373-6376) followed by reaction with the free alcohol.
- BOP benzotriazol-I-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate
- Isolation of the ester products can be affected by extraction with an organic solvent, such as ethyl acetate or methylene chloride, against a mildly acidic aqueous solution; followed by base treatment of the acidic aqueous phase so as to render it basic; followed by extraction with an organic solvent, for example ethyl acetate or methylene chroride; evaporation of the organic solvent layer; and recrystalization from a solvent, such as ethanol.
- the solvent can be acidified with an acid, such as HCl or acetic acid to provide a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
- the crude reaction can be passed over an ion exchange column bearing sulfonic acid groups in the protonated form, washed with deionized water, and eluted with aqueous ammonia; followed by evaporation.
- Suitable free acids bearing the tertiary amine are commercially available, such as 2-(N-morpholino)-propionic acid, N,N-dimethyl-beta-alanine, and the like. Non-commercial acids can be synthesized in straightforward manner via standard literature procedures.
- Carbonate and carbamate prodrugs can be prepared in an analogous way.
- amino alcohols and diamines can be activated using activating agents such as phosgene or carbonyl diimidazole, to provide an activated carbonates, which in turn can react with the alcohol and/or the phenolic hydroxy group on the compounds utilized herein to provide carbonate and carbamate prodrugs.
- the mixture was then stirred at ⁇ 40° C. for 1 h, quenched with a mixture of HCl (12 N, 12 mL) and THF (28 mL), warmed to RT, and added water (20 mL). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 8-9 with solid K 2 CO 3 . The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL) twice.
- GBT915 (S)-2-((1-benzoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde
- Step 1 To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (700 mg, 6.92 mmol) and DIPEA (1.20 mL, 6.92 mmol) in DCM (12 ml) at 0° C. was added benzoyl chloride (0.80 mL, 6.92 mmol), 30 min later it was diluted with more DCM and was washed with Sat. NaHCO 3 , brine, dried over MgSO 4 , concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (EtOAc 0-100%) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (1.2 g).
- GBT952 (S)-2-((1-benzoylpiperidin-2-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde
- Step 2 To a solution of 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (110 mg, 0.80 mmol) and (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (0.23 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added PPh 3 (310 mg, 1.20 mmol) and DIAD (0.23 ml, 1.20 mmol) at 0° C., then it was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 1 h.
- PPh 3 310 mg, 1.20 mmol
- DIAD 0.23 ml, 1.20 mmol
- GBT961 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-nicotinoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (150 mg, 0.73 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.13 g, 0.91 mmol) in THF (1.5 ml) was added PPh 3 (0.29 g, 1.1 mmol) and DIAD (0.21 ml, 1.1 mmol) at 0° C.
- GBT962 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-isonicotinoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (150 mg, 0.73 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.13 g, 0.91 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added PPh 3 (0.29 g, 1.1 mmol) and DIAD (0.21 mL, 1.1 mmol) at 0° C.
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-2-yl)methanone (100 mg, 0.48 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.08 g, 0.6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added PPh 3 (polymer supported, 600 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIAD (0.15 mL, 0.72 mmol) at room temperature.
- PPh 3 polymer supported, 600 mg, 0.72 mmol
- DIAD 0.15 mL, 0.72 mmol
- GBT1064 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 1 To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (100 mg, 1 mmol) and 1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.15 g, 1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (0.38 g, 1 mmol) and then the mixture was stirred until finished, it was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, organic layer was dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (100% EtOAc) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanone (120 mg).
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanone (120 mg, 0.51 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.09 g, 0.66 mmol) in THF (4 ml) was added PPh 3 (Polymer supported, 640 mg, 0.77 mmol) and DIAD (0.16 mL, 0.77 mmol) at 0° C.
- PPh 3 Polymer supported, 640 mg, 0.77 mmol
- DIAD 0.16 mL, 0.77 mmol
- GBT1118 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-nicotinoylpiperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 1&2 To a solid sample of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (215 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (1 mL). After stirred for 30 min, it was concentrated to give (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol HCl salt. To a suspension of (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol HCl salt in DCM (3 mL) at 0° C. was added DIPEA (0.39 mL, 2.24 mmol) and nicotinyl chloride (0.2 g, 1.12 mmol).
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (130 mg, 0.59 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.11 g, 0.77 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added PPh 3 (polymer supported, 0.74 g, 0.89 mmol) and DIAD (0.17 mL, 0.89 mmol) at 0° C.
- GBT1579 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(6-methylnicotinoyl)piperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Steps 1&2 To a suspension of 6-methylnicotinic acid (270 mg, 2 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.34 mL, 4 mmol) at 0° C. followed by a drop of DMF, after stirred for 2 hour at room temperature, the solution was concentrated to give crude acid chloride.
- Step 3 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (100 mg, 0.43 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (80 mg, 0.56 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) at 0° C.
- GBT1580 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(2-methylnicotinoyl)piperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 1&2 To a suspension of 2-methylnicotinic acid (300 mg, 2.19 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.28 mL, 3.3 mmol) at 0° C. and was further stirred for 2 hour at room temperature, then the solution was concentrated to give crude acid chloride.
- Step 3 To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(2-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (180 mg, 0.77 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (140 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C.
- GBT1124 (S)-2-((4-benzoylmorpholin-3-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde
- Step 1&2 To a solid sample of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.69 mmol) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL). After stirred for 30 min, it was concentrated to give (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone as HCl salt. To a suspension of (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone HCl salt in DCM (2 mL) at 0° C. was added DIPEA (0.36 mL, 2.07 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (0.08 mL, 0.69 mmol).
- GBT1126 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 1 To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0° C. was added TEA (1.04 mL, 7.41 mmol) followed by benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.63 mL, 4.94 mmol). After stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column to (S)-(1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol.
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (125 mg, 0.54 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.1 g, 0.7 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added PPh 3 (0.21 g, 0.81 mmol) and DIAD (0.16 mL, 0.81 mmol) at 0° C.
- GBT1128 (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
- Step 1 To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (320 mg, 3.16 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) at 0° C. was added TEA (0.97 mL, 6.95 mmol) followed by pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (0.68 g, 3.16 mmol). After stirred for 30 min. it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column to give (S)-(1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (66 mg).
- Step 2 To a solution of (S)-(1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (65 mg, 0.29 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.06 g, 0.41 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added PPh 3 (polymer supported, 0.37 g, 0.44 mmol) and DIAD (0.09 mL, 0.44 mmol) at 0° C.
Landscapes
- Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Organic Chemistry (AREA)
- Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Pharmacology & Pharmacy (AREA)
- Veterinary Medicine (AREA)
- Public Health (AREA)
- General Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
- Animal Behavior & Ethology (AREA)
- Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
- Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
- General Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
- Nuclear Medicine, Radiotherapy & Molecular Imaging (AREA)
- Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
- Bioinformatics & Cheminformatics (AREA)
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Epidemiology (AREA)
- Hematology (AREA)
- Diabetes (AREA)
- Neurology (AREA)
- Biomedical Technology (AREA)
- Neurosurgery (AREA)
- Hospice & Palliative Care (AREA)
- Pulmonology (AREA)
- Psychiatry (AREA)
- Dermatology (AREA)
- Pharmaceuticals Containing Other Organic And Inorganic Compounds (AREA)
- Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
- Pyrrole Compounds (AREA)
- Hydrogenated Pyridines (AREA)
- Heterocyclic Compounds Containing Sulfur Atoms (AREA)
- Nitrogen- Or Sulfur-Containing Heterocyclic Ring Compounds With Rings Of Six Or More Members (AREA)
- Pyridine Compounds (AREA)
- Pyrane Compounds (AREA)
Abstract
Provide herein are compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable as modulators of hemoglobin, methods and intermediates for their preparation, and methods for their use in treating disorders mediated by hemoglobin and disorders that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation.
Description
- This invention provides compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable as allosteric modulators of hemoglobin, methods and intermediates for their preparation, and methods for their use in treating disorders mediated by hemoglobin and disorders that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation.
- Sickle cell disease is a disorder of the red blood cells, found particularly among those of African and Mediterranean descent. The basis for sickle cell disease is found in sickle hemoglobin (HbS), which contains a point mutation relative to the prevalent peptide sequence of hemoglobin (Hb).
- Hemoglobin (Hb) transports oxygen molecules from the lungs to various tissues and organs throughout the body. Hemoglobin binds and releases oxygen through conformational changes. Sickle hemoglobin (HbS) contains a point mutation where glutamic acid is replaced with valine, allowing HbS to become susceptible to polymerization to give the HbS containing red blood cells their characteristic sickle shape. The sickled cells are also more rigid than normal red blood cells, and their lack of flexibility can lead to blockage of blood vessels. U.S. Pat. No. 7,160,910 discloses compounds that are allosteric modulators of hemoglobin. However, a need exists for additional therapeutics that can treat disorders that are mediated by Hb or by abnormal Hb such as HbS.
- This invention relates generally to compounds and pharmaceutical compositions suitable as allosteric modulators of hemoglobin. In some aspects, this invention relates to methods for treating disorders mediated by hemoglobin and disorders that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation.
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of Formula (A) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
-
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L2 is C═O or SO2;
- each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -L1L2R3;
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl,
- and R3, B, and C are defined as follows.
- In one instance,
-
- R3 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkoxy, or —NR1R2;
- each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 4-10 membered heterocycle or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted, or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered heterocycle;
- ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; and
- ring C is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl or optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms, or an oxidized form of N, wherein certain preferred substituents include OH, halo, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy or O—R, where R is a prodrug moiety, wherein the C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo.
- In another instance,
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR19, C1-C6 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein certain preferred substituents include OH, halo, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy or O—R, where R is a prodrug moiety, wherein the C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo; and
- R19 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R.
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of Formula (II) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of thereof, wherein
-
- R3 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkoxy, or —NR1R2;
- each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 4-10 membered heterocycle or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted, or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered heterocycle;
- L is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R40, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -LCOR3;
- ring C is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl or optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms, or an oxidized form of N;
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R4 is OH, halo, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy or O—R, where R is a prodrug moiety, wherein the C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of formula (IV) is provided:
- wherein
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4: C1-C6 alkyl;
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L2 is C═O or SO2;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- each Y and Z is independently (CR10R11)e, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; e is 1 to 4, preferably 1; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -L1L2R3;
- ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR2, C1-C6 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- R2 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R; and
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are attached to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
- In one embodiment, ring b is joined to L1 or L2 via a nitrogen atom. In another embodiment, R3 is joined to L2 via a nitrogen atom.
- In further aspects of the invention, a composition is provided comprising any of the compounds described herein, and at least a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- In still further aspects of the invention, a method is provided for increasing oxygen affinity of hemoglobin S in a subject, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- In further aspects of the invention, a method is provided for treating oxygen deficiency associated with sickle cell anemia, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- It must be noted that as used herein and in the appended claims, the singular forms “a”, “an”, and “the” include plural referents unless the context clearly dictates otherwise. Thus, for example, reference to “a solvent” includes a plurality of such solvents.
- As used herein, the term “comprising” or “comprises” is intended to mean that the compositions and methods include the recited elements, but not excluding others. “Consisting essentially of” when used to define compositions and methods, shall mean excluding other elements of any essential significance to the combination for the stated purpose. Thus, a composition or process consisting essentially of the elements as defined herein would not exclude other materials or steps that do not materially affect the basic and novel characteristic(s) of the claimed invention. “Consisting of” shall mean excluding more than trace elements of other ingredients and substantial method steps. Embodiments defined by each of these transition terms are within the scope of this invention.
- Unless otherwise indicated, all numbers expressing quantities of ingredients, reaction conditions, and so forth used in the specification and claims are to be understood as being modified in all instances by the term “about.” Accordingly, unless indicated to the contrary, the numerical parameters set forth in the following specification and attached claims are approximations. Each numerical parameter should at least be construed in light of the number of reported significant digits and by applying ordinary rounding techniques. The term “about” when used before a numerical designation, e.g., temperature, time, amount, and concentration, including range, indicates approximations which may vary by (+) or (−) 10%, 5% or 1%.
- As used herein, Cm-Cn, such as C1-C12, C1-C8, or C1-C6 when used before a group refers to that group containing m to n carbon atoms.
- The term “alkoxy” refers to —O-alkyl. Cycloalkoxy refers to —O-cycloalkyl.
- The term “alkyl” refers to monovalent saturated aliphatic hydrocarbyl groups having from 1 to 30 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C30 alkyl) or 1 to 22 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C22 alkyl), 1 to 8 carbon atoms (i.e., C1-C8 alkyl), or 1 to 4 carbon atoms. This term includes, by way of example, linear and branched hydrocarbyl groups such as methyl (CH3—), ethyl (CH3CH2—), n-propyl (CH3CH2CH2—), isopropyl ((CH3)2CH—), n-butyl (CH3CH2CH2CH2—), isobutyl ((CH3)2CHCH2—), sec-butyl ((CH3)(CH3CH2)CH—), t-butyl ((CH3)3C—), n-pentyl (CH3CH2CH2CH2CH2—), and neopentyl ((CH3)3CCH2—).
- The term “aryl” refers to a monovalent, aromatic mono- or bicyclic ring having 6-10 ring carbon atoms. Examples of aryl include phenyl and naphthyl. The condensed ring may or may not be aromatic provided that the point of attachment is at an aromatic carbon atom. For example, and without limitation, the following is an aryl group:
- The term “—CO2H ester” refers to an ester formed between the —CO2H group and an alcohol, preferably an aliphatic alcohol. A preferred example included —CO2RE, wherein RE is alkyl or aryl group optionally substituted with an amino group.
- The term “chiral moiety” refers to a moiety that is chiral. Such a moiety can possess one or more asymmetric centers. Preferably, the chiral moiety is enantiomerically enriched, and more preferably a single enantiomer. Non limiting examples of chiral moieties include chiral carboxylic acids, chiral amines, chiral amino acids, such as the naturally occurring amino acids, chiral alcohols including chiral steroids, and the likes.
- The term “cycloalkyl” refers to a monovalent, preferably saturated, hydrocarbyl mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring having 3-12 ring carbon atoms. While cycloalkyl, refers preferably to saturated hydrocarbyl rings, as used herein, it also includes rings containing 1-2 carbon-carbon double bonds. Nonlimiting examples of cycloalkyl include cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, adamentyl, and the like. The condensed rings may or may not be non-aromatic hydrocarbyl rings provided that the point of attachment is at a cycloalkyl carbon atom. For example, and without limitation, the following is a cycloalkyl group:
- The term “halo” refers to F, Cl, Br, and/or I.
- The term “heteroaryl” refers to a monovalent, aromatic mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring having 2-16 ring carbon atoms and 1-8 ring heteroatoms selected preferably from N, O, S, and P and oxidized forms of N, S, and P, provided that the ring contains at least 5 ring atoms. Nonlimiting examples of heteroaryl include furan, imidazole, oxadiazole, oxazole, pyridine, quinoline, and the like. The condensed rings may or may not be a heteroatom containing aromatic ring provided that the point of attachment is a heteroaryl atom. For example, and without limitation, the following is a heteroaryl group:
- The term “heterocyclyl” or heterocycle refers to a non-aromatic, mono-, bi-, or tricyclic ring containing 2-12 ring carbon atoms and 1-8 ring heteroatoms selected preferably from N, O, S, and P and oxidized forms of N, S, and P, provided that the ring contains at least 3 ring atoms. While heterocyclyl preferably refers to saturated ring systems, it also includes ring systems containing 1-3 double bonds, provided that the ring is non-aromatic. Nonlimiting examples of heterocyclyl include, azalactones, oxazoline, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, pyrrolidinyl, tetrahydrofuranyl, and tetrahydropyranyl. The condensed rings may or may not contain a non-aromatic heteroatom containing ring provided that the point of attachment is a heterocyclyl group. For example, and without limitation, the following is a heterocyclyl group:
- The term “hydrolyzing” refers to breaking an RH—O—CO—, RH—O—CS—, or an RH—O—SO2-moiety to an RH—OH, preferably by adding water across the broken bond. A hydrolyzing is performed using various methods well known to the skilled artisan, non limiting examples of which include acidic and basic hydrolysis.
- The term “oxo” refers to a C═O group, and to a substitution of 2 geminal hydrogen atoms with a C═O group.
- The term “optionally substituted” refers to a substituted or unsubstituted group.
- The group may be substituted with one or more substituents, such as e.g., 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5 substituents. Preferably, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of oxo, halo, —CN, NO2, —N2+, —CO2R100, —OR100, —SR100, —SOR100, —SO2R100, —NR101R102, —CONR101R102, —SO2NR101R102, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, —CR100═C(R100)2, —CCR100, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 heterocyclyl, C6-C12 aryl and C2-C12 heteroaryl, wherein each R100 independently is hydrogen or C1-C8 alkyl; C3-C12 cycloalkyl; C3-C10 heterocyclyl; C6-C12 aryl; or C2-C12 heteroaryl; wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, 1-3 C1-C6 alkyl, 1-3 C1-C6 haloalkyl or 1-3 C1-C6 alkoxy groups. Preferably, the substituents are selected from the group consisting of chloro, fluoro, —OCH3, methyl, ethyl, iso-propyl, cyclopropyl, vinyl, ethynyl, —CO2H, —CO2CH3, —OCF3, —CF3 and —OCHF2.
- R101 and R102 independently is hydrogen; C1-C8 alkyl, optionally substituted with —CO2H or an ester thereof, C1-C6 alkoxy, oxo, —CR103═C(R103)2, —CCR, C3-C10 cycloalkyl, C3-C10 heterocyclyl, C6-C12 aryl, or C2-C12 heteroaryl, wherein each R103 independently is hydrogen or C1-C8 alkyl; C3-C12 cycloalkyl; C3-C10 heterocyclyl; C6-C12 aryl; or C2-C12 heteroaryl; wherein each cycloalkyl, heterocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-3 alkyl groups or 1-3 halo groups, or R101 and R102 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form a 5-7 membered heterocycle.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable” refers to safe and non-toxic for in vivo, preferably, human administration.
- The term “pharmaceutically acceptable salt” refers to a salt that is pharmaceutically acceptable.
- The term “salt” refers to an ionic compound formed between an acid and a base. When the compound provided herein contains an acidic functionality, such salts include, without limitation, alkali metal, alkaline earth metal, and ammonium salts. As used herein, ammonium salts include, salts containing protonated nitrogen bases and alkylated nitrogen bases. Exemplary, and non-limiting cations useful in pharmaceutically acceptable salts include Na, K, Rb, Cs, NH4, Ca, Ba, imidazolium, and ammonium cations based on naturally occurring amino acids. When the compounds utilized herein contain basic functionality, such salts include, without limitation, salts of organic acids, such as carboxylic acids and sulfonic acids, and mineral acids, such as hydrogen halides, sulfuric acid, phosphoric acid, and the likes. Exemplary and non-limiting anions useful in pharmaceutically acceptable salts include oxalate, maleate, acetate, propionate, succinate, tartrate, chloride, sulfate, bisalfate, mono-, di-, and tribasic phosphate, mesylate, tosylate, and the likes.
- The terms “treat”, “treating” or “treatment”, as used herein, include alleviating, abating or ameliorating a disease or condition or one or more symptoms thereof, preventing additional symptoms, ameliorating or preventing the underlying metabolic causes of symptoms, inhibiting the disease or condition, e.g., arresting or suppressing the development of the disease or condition, relieving the disease or condition, causing regression of the disease or condition, relieving a condition caused by the disease or condition, or suppressing the symptoms of the disease or condition, and are intended to include prophylaxis. The terms also include relieving the disease or conditions, e.g., causing the regression of clinical symptoms. The terms further include achieving a therapeutic benefit and/or a prophylactic benefit. By therapeutic benefit is meant eradication or amelioration of the underlying disorder being treated. Also, a therapeutic benefit is achieved with the eradication or amelioration of one or more of the physiological symptoms associated with the underlying disorder such that an improvement is observed in the individual, notwithstanding that the individual is still be afflicted with the underlying disorder. For prophylactic benefit, the compositions are administered to an individual at risk of developing a particular disease, or to an individual reporting one or more of the physiological symptoms of a disease, even though a diagnosis of this disease has not been made.
- The terms “preventing” or “prevention” refer to a reduction in risk of acquiring a disease or disorder (i.e., causing at least one of the clinical symptoms of the disease not to develop in a subject that may be exposed to or predisposed to the disease but does not yet experience or display symptoms of the disease). The terms further include causing the clinical symptoms not to develop, for example in a subject at risk of suffering from such a disease or disorder, thereby substantially averting onset of the disease or disorder.
- The term “effective amount” refers to an amount that is effective for the treatment of a condition or disorder by an intranasal administration of a compound or composition described herein. In some embodiments, an effective amount of any of the compositions or dosage forms described herein is the amount used to treat a disorder mediated by hemoglobin or a disorder that would benefit from tissue and/or cellular oxygenation of any of the compositions or dosage forms described herein to a subject in need thereof.
- The term “carrier” as used herein, refers to relatively nontoxic chemical compounds or agents that facilitate the incorporation of a compound into cells, e.g., red blood cells, or tissues.
- As used herein, a “prodrug” is a compound that, after administration, is metabolized or otherwise converted to an active or more active form with respect to at least one property. To produce a prodrug, a pharmaceutically active compound can be modified chemically to render it less active or inactive, but the chemical modification is such that an active form of the compound is generated by metabolic or other biological processes. A prodrug may have, relative to the drug, altered metabolic stability or transport characteristics, fewer side effects or lower toxicity. For example, see the reference Nogrady, 1985, Medicinal Chemistry A Biochemical Approach, Oxford University Press, New York, pages 388-392. Prodrugs can also be prepared using compounds that are not drugs.
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of Formula (I) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
-
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L is C═O or SO2;
- each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -L1L2R3;
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R4 is OH, halo, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy or O—R, where R is a prodrug moiety, wherein the C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
- and R3, B, and C are defined as follows.
- In one instance,
-
- R3 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkoxy, or —NR1R2;
- each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 4-10 membered heterocycle or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted, or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered heterocycle;
- ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; and
- ring C is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl or optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms, or an oxidized form of N;
- In another instance,
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR19, C1-C6 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; and
- R19 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R.
- In certain embodiments, L1 is a bond.
- In certain embodiments, L2 is C═O. In certain embodiments, L2 is SO2.
- In one embodiment, ring C is phenyl which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR2, C1-C6 alkyl and/or C1-C6 alkoxy,
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of Formula (II) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
-
- R3 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkoxy, or —NR1R2;
- each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 4-10 membered heterocycle or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted, or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered heterocycle;
- L is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -LCOR3;
- ring C is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl or optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms, or an oxidized form of N;
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R4 is OH, halo, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy or O—R, where R is a prodrug moiety, wherein the C1-C6 alkoxy is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, t is 0. In certain embodiments, t is 1. In certain embodiments, t is 2. In certain embodiments, t is 3.
- As used herein, R60 can be hydrogen, provided that the COOR60 is not joined to a nitrogen atom.
- Preferably, in certain embodiments, Y and Z are both not a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety. Preferably, one of Y and Z is a methylene or substituted methylene and the other is a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety. More preferably, Y is an alkylene, and Z is a heteroatom or a heteroatom containing moiety, which, yet more preferably is oxygen.
- Preferably, V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
- In some embodiments, V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one or V3 and V4 is S the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O.
- In certain aspects of the invention, the compound of Formula (II) is of Formula (III):
- wherein Y—Z is —CH2O— or —CH2CH2— and the remaining substituents are as defined herein.
- In some embodiments, R4 and —CHO are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C.
- In certain aspects of the invention, the compound of Formula (II) is of Formula (IIIA):
-
- wherein ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N;
- R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or a prodrug moiety R;
- R6 is halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C6 cycloalkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo; and
- p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, the compound is of Formula IIIB, IIIC, or IIID:
-
- are optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle as defined herein;
- R5 is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl or prodrug moiety;
- R6 is halo, C1-C6 alkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo; and
- p is 0, 1, 2 or 3.
- In some embodiments, ring B is substituted with 1-3: halo, C1-C6 alkyl, COR15, or COOR15; and
-
- R15 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C6 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted.
- In certain aspects of the invention, a compound of formula (IV) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof, wherein
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L2 is C═O or SO2;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
- wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -L1L2R1;
- ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR19, C1-C6 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- R19 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R; and
- wherein Z and —CV1V2H are attached to adjacent atoms on ring C;
- V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy; or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
-
- wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
- R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
- R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
- R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
- R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
- In certain embodiments, 2 is CH2, O, S, SO, SO2 or NH. In certain embodiments, Z is O, S, SO or SO2. Preferably, Z is O, and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- In certain embodiments, Y is CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; wherein each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl. In certain embodiments, Y is CR10R11 wherein each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl. Preferably, Y is CH2, and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- In certain embodiments, t is 0. In certain embodiments, t is 1. In certain embodiments, t is 2. In certain embodiments, t is 3.
- Preferably, CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, and wherein the remaining variables are defined herein.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula (V) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof, wherein
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L2 is C═O or SO2;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- Z is O, S, SO or SO2;
- ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR19, C1-C5 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; and
- R19 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R.
- In certain embodiments, a compound of formula (VI) is provided:
- or a tautomer thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof, wherein
-
- R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
- L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- d is 1, 2, or 3;
- L is C═O or SO2;
- ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- R4 is —OR19 or C1-C6 alkoxy; and
- R9 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R.
- In one embodiment, R4 is —OH.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted phenyl. In other embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted pyridine. In certain embodiments, R3 is optionally substituted pyrazole.
- In certain embodiments, R3 is selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, compounds of formulas (IV) and (V) are provided, wherein
- In one embodiment, ring B is a 5-6 membered heterocycle containing a heteroatom selected from N, S, or O. In one embodiment, ring B is a 5-6 membered heterocycle containing a N as the heteroatom.
- In certain embodiments, ring B is selected from the group consisting of:
- In certain embodiments, L is a bond.
- In certain embodiments, L2 is C═O. In certain embodiments, L2 is SO2.
- In one embodiment, ring C is phenyl which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo, —OR2, C1-C6 alkyl and/or C1-C6 alkoxy,
- In some embodiments, the compound is selected from the group consisting of
- or an N oxide thereof, wherein
-
- is a single or a double bond;
- each P and Q is independently selected from CHR17, NCOR15, NCO2R15; N—O, O, S, SO, and SO2;
- each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, a C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted, together R1 and R2 can form a 3-7 membered ring, preferably a 4-7 membered ring with 1-2 hetero atoms;
- R15 is C1-C6 alkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted;
- R17 is C1-C6 alkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 5-10 membered heteroaryl or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein the alkyl, aryl, heteroaryl or heterocyclyl is optionally substituted;
- and r is 0, 1, or 2.
- In certain embodiments of the invention, a compound is provided of formula:
- or an N oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof.
- In certain embodiments of the invention, a compound is provided of formula:
- or an N oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof.
- Compounds provided herein include those in the Examples section.
- In one aspect, R is hydrogen, a phosphate or a diphosphate containing moiety, or another promoiety or prodrug moiety. Preferably the prodrug moiety imparts at least a 2 fold, more preferably a 4 fold, enhanced solubility and/or bioavailability to the active moiety (where R is hydrogen), and more preferably is hydrolyzed in vivo. The promoieties are structurally and functionally defined herein.
- In one embodiments, R is —COR90, CO2R91, or CONR92R93 wherein R90 and R91 independently are C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; and
-
- R92 and R93 independently are C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; or R92 and R93 together with the nitrogen atom they are bonded to for a 4-9 member heterocycle substituted with at least 1 amino, C1-C6 alkyl amino, or di C1-C6 alkylamino group.
- In certain embodiments, R is —C(O)R31, C(O)OR31, or CON(R13)2,
- each R31 is independently a C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; and
- each R13 independently is C1-C6 alkyl; C3-C8 cycloalkyl, 4-9 membered heterocycle, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, containing at least 1 basic nitrogen moiety; or 2 R13 together with the nitrogen atom they are bonded to for a 4-9 member heterocycle substituted with at least 1 amino, C1-C6 alkyl amino, or di C1-C6 alkylamino group.
- In one aspect, R is C(O)OR31, C(S)OR31, C(O)SR31 or COR31, wherein R31 is as defined herein.
- In one embodiment, R31 is a group of the formula (CR32R33)eNR34R35, wherein
- each R32 and R33 is independently H, a C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heteroaryl or R32 and R33 together with the carbon atom they are bond to form a C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl or C3-C9 heteroaryl ring system, or 2 adjacent R32 moieties or 2 adjacent R33 moieties together with the carbon atom they are bond to form a C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl or C3-C9 heteroaryl ring system;
- each R34 and R35 is a C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, or R34 and R35 together with the nitrogen atom they are bond to form a C3-C8 cycloalkyl or C3-C9 heterocyclyl ring system;
- each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with C1-C3 alkyl, —OH, amino and carboxyl groups; and
- e is an integer of from 1 to 4.
- In some less preferred embodiments R34 and R35 can be hydrogen.
- In one embodiment, the subscript e is preferably 2 and each R32 and R33 is preferably independently selected from the group, H, CH3, and a member in which R32 and R33 are joined together to form a cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, or 1,1-dioxo-hexahydro-IΔ6-thiopyran-4-yl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl group.
- With regard to the prodrug group, preferred embodiments are compounds wherein NR34R35 is morpholino.
- In one embodiment, R is:
- wherein
- each R32 and R33 is independently H, C1-C8 alkyl, or optionally, if both present on the same substituent, may be joined together to form a C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl or C3-C9 heteroaryl ring system.
- Within this embodiment, each R32 and R33 is independently, H, CH3, or are joined together to form a cyclopropyl, cyclopbutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, 1,1-dioxo-hexahydro-Iλ6-thiopyran-4-yl or tetrahydropyran-4-yl group.
- In a preferred embodiment, linkage of the prodrug moiety to the rest of the active molecule is stable enough so that the serum half life of the prodrug is from about 8 to about 24 hours.
- In an embodiment of the invention, the prodrug moiety comprises a tertiary amine having a pKa near the physiological pH of 7.5. Any amines having a pKa within 1 unit of 7.5 are suitable alternatives amines for this purpose. The amine may be provided by the amine of a morpholino group. This pKa range of 6.5 to 8.5 allows for significant concentrations of the basic neutral amine to be present in the mildly alkaline small intestine. The basic, neutral form of the amine prodrug is lipophilic and is absorbed through the wall of the small intestine into the blood. Following absorption into the bloodstream, the prodrug moiety is cleaved by esterases which are naturally present in the serum to release an active compound.
- Examples of R include, without limitation:
- In another embodiment, R is as tabulated below:
-
R m R34 R35 NR34R35 C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 1 Me Me C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 2 Me Me C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 3 Me Me C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 4 Me Me C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 1 C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 2 C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 3 C(O)(CH2)mNR34R35 4 C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 2 Me Me C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 3 Me Me C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 4 Me Me C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 2 C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 3 C(O)O(CH2)mNR34R35 4 P(O)(OH)2
an N oxide thereof, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each thereof. - In another aspect, R is,
- wherein
- R36 is lower alkyl (e.g. C1-C6 alkyl).
- In yet another aspect, R is:
- wherein X1, Y1 and X2 are as defined herein.
- In one embodiment, X1 is selected from the group consisting of O, S and NR37 wherein R37 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
- Y1 is —C(R38)2 or a sugar moiety, wherein each R38 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl;
- X2 is selected from the group consisting of halogen, C1-C6 alkoxy, diacylglycerol, amino, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkylthio, a PEG moiety, a bile acid moiety, a sugar moiety, an amino acid moiety, a di- or tri-peptide, a PEG carboxylic acid, and —U—V wherein
- U is O or S; and
- V is selected from the group consisting of C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heteroaryl, C(W2)X3, PO(X3)2, and SO2X3;
- wherein W2 is O or NR39
- wherein R39 is hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 hetrocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl; and
- each X3 is independently amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, C1-C6 alkyl, heteroalkyl, cycloalkyl, hetrocyclyl, aryl, or heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkylthio, a bile acid based alkoxy group, a sugar moiety, a PEG moiety, and —O—CH2—CH(OR40)CH2X4R40,
- wherein:
- X4 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S═O, and SO2; and
- each R40 is independently C10-C22 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl, C1-C8 alkylene, or C1-C8 heteroalkylene.
- Each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with C1-C3 alkyl, —OH, amino and carboxyl groups.
- In one embodiment, the present invention utilizes the following Y1 groups: CH2, CHMe, CH(isopropyl), CH(tertiarybutyl), C(Me)2, C(Et)2, C(isopropyl)2, and C(propyl)2.
- In another embodiment, the present invention utilizes the following X2 groups:
- —OMe, —OEt, —O-isopropyl, O-isobutyl, O-tertiarybutyl, —O—COMe, —O—C(═O)(isopropyl), —O—C(═O)(isobutyl), —O—C(═O)(tertiarybutyl), —O—C(═O)—NMe2, —O—C(═O)—NHMe, —O—C(═O)—NH2, —O—C(═O)—N(H)—CH(R41)—CO2Et wherein R41 is a side chain C1-C6 alkyl, or C3-C9 heterocyclyl group selected from the side chain groups present in essential amino acids; —O—P(═O)(OMe)2, —O—P(═O)(O-isopropyl)2, and —O—P(═O)(O-isobutyl)2. Each heterocyclic is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably, 1-3, C1-C3 alkyl, —OH, amino and/or carboxyl groups.
- In another embodiment, In one embodiment, R is:
- wherein
- X3 is independently C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl; and
- R42 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl.
- Each heterocyclic is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably, 1-3, C1-C3 alkyl, —OH, amino and/or carboxyl groups.
- In one embodiment, R is:
- wherein
- each X3 is independently amino, hydroxyl, mercapto, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, C1-C6 alkylthio, a bile acid based alkoxy group, a sugar moiety, a PEG moiety, and —O—CH2—CH(OR40)CH2X4R40,
- wherein:
- X4 is selected from the group consisting of O, S, S═O, and SO2; and
- each R40 is independently C10-C22 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heteroaryl, C1-C8 alkylene, or C1-C8 heteroalkylene; and
- R42 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl.
- In some embodiments, R42 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl; and each X3 independently is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C1-C6 alkylamino, C1-C6 dialkylamino, or C1-C6 alkylthio.
- In some embodiments, R is represented by the following structures:
- wherein, in the above examples, R43 is C10-C22 alkyl or alkylene, R44 is H or C1-C6 alkyl and R45 represents side chain alkyl groups present in naturally occurring alpha amino acids;
- wherein R46 is (CH2)n, f=2-4, and CO—R47—NH2 represents an aminoacyl group; or
- wherein R46 is (CH2)n, n=2-4, R47 is (CH2)n, n=1-3 and R49 is O or NMe.
- In one embodiment, R is:
- In one aspect, R is —C(R200R201)O(R202R203)P(O)OR204NR205R206, wherein each R200, R201, R202, R203, R204 R205 and R206 is independently H, a C1-C8 alkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, C3-C9 heteroaryl, wherein each alkyl, heterocyclyl, cycloalkyl, aryl, and heteroaryl is optionally substituted.
- In some embodiments, R is —CH(R201)OCH2P(O)OR204NHR206, wherein R201 is C1-C8 alkyl, R24 is phenyl, optionally substituted. In one embodiment, R206 is —CHR207C(O)OR208 wherein R207 is selected from the group consisting of the naturally occurring amino acid side chains and —CO2H esters thereof and R208 is C1-C8 alkyl. In one embodiment, R206 is C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted with 1-3, CO2H, SH, NH2, C6-C10 aryl, and C2-C10 heteroaryl.
- In one embodiment, R is:
- In one embodiment, R is:
- wherein Y1 is —C(R38)2, wherein each R38 is independently hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl.
- Various polyethylene glycol (PEG) moieties and synthetic methods related to them that can be used or adapted to make compounds of the invention are described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 6,608,076; 6,395,266; 6,194,580; 6,153,655; 6,127,355; 6,111,107; 5,965,566; 5,880,131; 5,840,900; 6,011,042 and 5,681,567.
- In one embodiment, R is
- wherein
- R50 is —OH or hydrogen;
- R51 is —OH, or hydrogen;
- W is —CH(CH3)W1;
- wherein W1 is a substituted C1-C8 alkyl group containing a moiety which is optionally negatively charged at physiological pH,
- said moiety is selected from the group consisting of CO2H, SO3H, SO2H, —P(O)(OR52)(OH), —OP(O)(OR52)(OH), and OSO3H,
- wherein R52 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C3-C9 heterocyclyl, C6-C10 aryl, or C3-C9 heteroaryl.
- Each heterocyclic and heteroaryl ring system is optionally substituted with one or more, preferably 1-3, C1-C3 alkyl, —OH, amino and/or carboxyl groups.
- In one embodiment, R is:
- wherein R53 is H or C1-C6 alkyl.
- In another aspect, R is SO3H.
- In another aspect, R comprises a cleavable linker, wherein the term “cleavable linker” refers to a linker which has a short half life in vivo. The breakdown of the linker Z in a compound releases or generates the active compound. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has a half life of less than ten hours. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has a half life of less than an hour. In one embodiment, the half life of the cleavable linker is between one and fifteen minutes. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has at least one connection with the structure: C*— C(═X*)X*—C* wherein C* is a substituted or unsubstituted methylene group, and X* is S or O. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has at least one C*—C(═O)O—C* connection. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has at least one C*—C(═O)S—C* connection. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker has at least one —C(═O)N*—C*—SO2—N*-connection, wherein N* is —NH— or C1-C6 alkylamino. In one embodiment, the cleavable linker is hydrolyzed by an esterase enzyme.
- In one embodiment, the linker is a self-immolating linker, such as that disclosed in U.S. patent publication 2002/0147138, to Firestone; PCT Appl. No. US05/08161 and PCT Pub. No. 2004/087075. In another embodiment, the linker is a substrate for enzymes. See generally Rooseboom et al., 2004, Pharmacol. Rev. 56:53-102.
- In further aspects of the invention, a composition is provided comprising any of the compounds described herein, and at least a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- In another aspect, this invention provides a composition comprising any of the compounds described herein, and a pharmaceutically acceptable excipient.
- Such compositions can be formulated for different routes of administration. Although compositions suitable for oral delivery will probably be used most frequently, other routes that may be used include transdermal, intravenous, intraarterial, pulmonary, rectal, nasal, vaginal, lingual, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intracutaneous, intracranial, and subcutaneous routes. Suitable dosage forms for administering any of the compounds described herein include tablets, capsules, pills, powders, aerosols, suppositories, parenterals, and oral liquids, including suspensions, solutions and emulsions. Sustained release dosage forms may also be used, for example, in a transdermal patch form. All dosage forms may be prepared using methods that are standard in the art (see e.g., Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences, 16th ed., A. Oslo editor, Easton Pa. 1980).
- Pharmaceutically acceptable excipients are non-toxic, aid administration, and do not adversely affect the therapeutic benefit of the compound of this invention. Such excipients may be any solid, liquid, semi-solid or, in the case of an aerosol composition, gaseous excipient that is generally available to one of skill in the art. Pharmaceutical compositions in accordance with the invention are prepared by conventional means using methods known in the art.
- The compositions disclosed herein may be used in conjunction with any of the vehicles and excipients commonly employed in pharmaceutical preparations, e.g., talc, gum arabic, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, cocoa butter, aqueous or non-aqueous solvents, oils, paraffin derivatives, glycols, etc. Coloring and flavoring agents may also be added to preparations, particularly to those for oral administration. Solutions can be prepared using water or physiologically compatible organic solvents such as ethanol, 1,2-propylene glycol, polyglycols, dimethylsulfoxide, fatty alcohols, triglycerides, partial esters of glycerin and the like.
- Solid pharmaceutical excipients include starch, cellulose, hydroxypropyl cellulose, talc, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, magnesium stearate, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, sodium chloride, dried skim milk and the like. Liquid and semisolid excipients may be selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, water, ethanol and various oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, e.g., peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil, etc. In certain embodiments, the compositions provided herein comprises one or more of α-tocopherol, gum arabic, and/or hydroxypropyl cellulose.
- In one embodiment, this invention provides sustained release formulations such as drug depots or patches comprising an effective amount of a compound provided herein. In another embodiment, the patch further comprises gum Arabic or hydroxypropyl cellulose separately or in combination, in the presence of alpha-tocopherol Preferably, the hydroxypropyl cellulose has an average MW of from 10,000 to 100,000. In a more preferred embodiment, the hydroxypropyl cellulose has an average MW of from 5,000 to 50,000.
- Compounds and pharmaceutical compositions of this invention maybe used alone or in combination with other compounds. When administered with another agent, the co-administration can be in any manner in which the pharmacological effects of both are manifest in the patient at the same time. Thus, co-administration does not require that a single pharmaceutical composition, the same dosage form, or even the same route of administration be used for administration of both the compound of this invention and the other agent or that the two agents be administered at precisely the same time. However, co-administration will be accomplished most conveniently by the same dosage form and the same route of administration, at substantially the same time. Obviously, such administration most advantageously proceeds by delivering both active ingredients simultaneously in a novel pharmaceutical composition in accordance with the present invention.
- In aspects of the invention, a method is provided for increasing tissue and/or cellular oxygenation, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- In aspects of the invention, a method is provided for increasing oxygen affinity of hemoglobin S in a subject, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- In aspects of the invention, a method is provided for treating a condition associated with oxygen deficiency, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- In further aspects of the invention, a method is provided for treating oxygen deficiency associated with sickle cell anemia, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- In further aspects of the invention, a method is provided for treating sickle cell disease, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the compounds or compositions described herein. In still further aspects of the invention, a method is provided for treating cancer, a pulmonary disorder, stroke, high altitude sickness, an ulcer, a pressure sore, Alzheimer's disease, acute respiratory disease syndrome, and a wound, the method comprising administering to a subject in need thereof a therapeutically effective amount of a compound of any of the compounds or compositions described herein.
- Certain methods for making the compounds described herein are also provided.
- The reactions are preferably carried out in a suitable inert solvent that will be apparent to the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure, for a sufficient period of time to ensure substantial completion of the reaction as observed by thin layer chromatography, 1H-NMR, etc. If needed to speed up the reaction, the reaction mixture can be heated, as is well known to the skilled artisan. The final and the intermediate compounds are purified, if necessary, by various art known methods such as crystallization, precipitation, column chromatography, and the likes, as will be apparent to the skilled artisan upon reading this disclosure.
- An illustrative and non-limiting method for synthesizing a compound of formula (I), is schematically shown below.
- In the following Schemes,
- refer to rings B and C as described herein;
- L, R3 and R70 are as described herein;
- A5 and B5 are independently NR14, O, S, S(O)x, NBoC, CH2, CHR14, C(R14)2 provided that when both A5 and B5 are present in a ring, both are not CH2, CHR14, C(R14)2, and provided that if only a single A5 or B5 is present in a ring, that A5 or B5 is not CH2, CHR14, C(R14)2;
- R14 is C1-C6 alkyl, COR15 or COOR15; wherein R15 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
- X, and X5 each represents a leaving group and are independently selected from Cl, Br, and I.
- X6 represents CR, N, O, S(O)x; wherein x is 0, 1, or 2;
- Y5 represents a leaving group selected from Cl, F, Br, I, OSO2R71 and OSO2Ar;
- R71 is C1-C6 alkyl;
- Ar is phenyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo and/or C1-C4 alkyl groups;
- n is 0, 1, or 2.
- Where variables already used in the structures hereinabove are used in the schemes, the context makes it unambiguous as to what the variable refers to.
-
- General Method A for Preparing Aryloxy/Heteroarylether Analogs (4a/4b) from Substituted Methylene Alcohol (1) and Hydroxyl(Hetero)Aryl Aldehyde Derivatives (3a/3b). A hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) (0.1-2 mmol) mixture with substituted methylene alcohol (1) (0.8 to 1.2 eq) and PPh3 (1-1.5 eq) in anhydrous THF (1-10 mL) was stirred under nitrogen until complete dissolution. The solution was cooled to 0° C. on ice bath and DIAD or DEAD (1.1 eq) in THF or toluene was added dropwise over a 1-20 min period. The ice cooling bath was allowed to expire over 90 min and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2-48 hours. The mixture was stirred for 10 min, then filtered through a pad of silica. The silica was washed with ethyl acetate 2-20 mL. The combined filtrates were evaporated and the residue was dried on highvac. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography.
- General Method B for Preparing Aryloxy/Heteroarylether Analogs (4a/4b) from Substituted Methylene Halide (2) and Hydroxyl(Hetero)Aryl Aldehyde Derivatives (3a/3b).
- A mixture of hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) (0.1-2 mmol, 1-4 eq.), substituted methylene chloride or bromide (2) (1 eq), and K2CO3 (2-5 eq.) (catalytic amount of NaI or Bu4NI may also be added) in DMF or acetonitrile (1 to 10 mL) was stirred at RT or heating up to 120° C. for 0.5-8 h under nitrogen atmosphere. In workup A, water was added to the reaction mixture, the precipitated product was collected, washed with water, and then subjected to preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography purification. In workup B (for products that did not precipitate), diluted HCl or aqueous NH4Cl was added at 0° C. to adjusted the pH to ˜7, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate or dichloromethane and aqueous sodium chloride and the organic layer separated, dried, and solvent removed under vacuum to afford crude product which was purified by automated silica gel column chromatography using appropriate solvents mixture (e.g., ethyl acetate/hexanes).
- General Method C for Preparing Substituted Methylene Chloride (2a).
- To a solution of substituted methylene alcohol (1) (0.1 to 2 mmol) in DCM (1-10 mL) was added SOCl2 dropwise (2 eq to 5 eq) at 0° C. or RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min to 6 h, or until reaction is judged complete (LC/MS). The reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness over a rotavap. The crude chloride residue was suspended in toluene, sonicated and concentrated to dryness. The process was repeated three times and dried under vacuum to give the substituted methylene chloride (2), usually as an off-white solid, which was used for next step without further purification. Alternatively, a solution of aqueous 1N Na2CO3 is then added to produce a solution of pH˜8, the mixture was extracted with DCM (3×10-50 mL), dried over sodium sulfate, and concentrated to the crude substituted methylene chloride (2a), which is then purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0-100% ethyl acetate-hexanes).
- General Method D for Preparing Substituted Methylene Bromide (2b).
- To a solution of substituted methylene alcohol (1) (0.1 to 2 mmol) in DCM (1-10 mL) was added Ph3P Br2 dropwise (2 eq to 5 eq) at 0° C. or RT. The reaction mixture was stirred at RT for 10 min to 2 h, or until reaction is judged complete (LC/MS). The reaction mixture is concentrated to dryness over a rotavap. The residue purified by column chromatography on silica gel (0-100% ethyl acetate-hexanes) to afford the pure bromide 2b.
- General Method E for Preparing Heterocyclic Methylene Derivatives 9, 10, 12 and 13.
- Reduction of the ester group of heterocyclohexene carboxylate 8 by LAH or DIBAL gives the corresponding alcohol 9-OH (Step 4). Further reaction of the alcohol 9-OH with thionyl chloride, Ph3PBr2 (or CBr4-Ph3P or PBr3), or alkyl/aryl sufonyl chloride produces the corresponding 10-X chloride, bromide or sulfonate (Step 5).
- Alternatively, the double bond of heterocyclohexene carboxylate 8 is reduced to give the cis-heterocyclohexane 11-cis carboxylate under palladium catalyzed hydrogenation conditions (Step 6). Reduction of the ester group of 11-cis by LAH or DIBAL yields cis-alcohol 12-OH-cis (Step 8). Conversion of the alcohol 12-OH-cis to its chloride, bromide or sulfonate (such as mesylate, tosylate) 13-X-cis can be achieved by reacting with thionyl chloride, or Ph3PBr2, or sufonyl chloride (such as mesyl chloride or tosyl chloride) (Step 9). The cis-cyclohexane carboxylate 11-cis can also be isomerized to the thermodynamically more stable trans-isomer 11-trans by the treatment with an alcoholic alkoxide (e.g., ethoxide) solution. Analogously, transformation of 11-trans ester to 12-trans alcohol and 13-X-trans halide is accomplished by applying conditions of Step 8 and Step 9 similar to these for the corresponding cis-isomers.
- Coupling of the (hetero)cyclic methylene derivatives 9, 10, 12 and 13 with hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) by general method A or B affords the corresponding aryloxy/heteroarylether analogs (4c and 4d).
- General Method F for Preparing Heterocyclic Methylene Derivatives 18, 19, 20 and 21.
- The ketone ester 14 is converted to the triflate intermediate 15 by treating with a triflating agent (e.g, triflic anhydride) in the presence of an organic base such as Hunig's base (Step 1). Suzuki coupling of the triflate 15 with a boronic acid or ester affords heterocyclo carboxylate 16 (Step 2). Subsequent reduction of the ester group by LAH or DIBAL gives the corresponding alcohol 18 (Step 3). Further reaction of the alcohol 18 with thionyl chloride, Ph3PBr2 (or CBr4-Ph3P or PBr3), or alkyl/aryl sufonyl chloride produces the corresponding 19 chloride, bromide or sulfonate (Step 4).
- Alternatively, the double bond of 16 is reduced to give the saturated heterolic analog 17 under palladium catalyzed hydrogenation conditions (Step 5). Reduction of the ester group of 17 by LAH or DIBAL yields alcohol 20 (Step 7). Conversion of the alcohol 20 to its chloride, bromide or sulfonate (such as mesylate, tosylate) 21 can be achieved by reacting with thionyl chloride, or Ph3PBr2, or sufonyl chloride (such as mesyl chloride or tosyl chloride) (Step 8).
- Coupling of the (hetero)cyclic methylene derivatives 18, 19, 20 and 21 with hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) by general method A or B affords the corresponding aryloxy/heteroaryloxyether analogs (4e and 4f).
- Chiral pyrrolidine methylene derivatives 25 and 26 can be prepared according to reaction sequence depicted herein. The pyrrolidine ester 24 is produced via a 1,3-dipolar cycloaddition of alkene 22 with azomethine-ylide generated in situ from formaldehyde and amino acid 23 alkene (Step 1). Subsequent reduction of the ester to alcohol 24 and further conversion 25 are accomplished by analogous methods described herein. If a chiral auxiliary group such as chiral oxazolidinone derivative 22a is used, optically active pyrrolidine derivatives 25 and 26 can also be obtained. Coupling of 25 and 26 with hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (3a/3b) by general method A or B affords the corresponding aryloxy/heteroaryloxyether analogs (4).
- Separate from the general synthesis of tetrahydrothiophenes (i.e., 20 and 21, A=S) described herein. Also described is a different synthetic approach to this class of analogs.
- Other heterocyclic analogs (compound 5) with C—N linkage are synthesized by applying Buchwald/Hartwig amination conditions. Many of the cyclic amines (1) are available commercially (e.g., 1a, 1b, 1c, 1d, and 1e).
- Protected amides of formula —CONHR95 and —CONHOR95 can be converted e.g., hydrolyzed to the corresponding amides according to methods known to the skilled artisan.
- Compounds of structure 4 can be synthesized via general synthetic scheme 1. Reduction of carboxylic acid derivative 1 gives hydroxymethyl analog 2, which can be N-derivativtized at via copper-mediated N-arylation reaction (CuI, Ar—I, base such as N,N-dimethylethylenediamine and potassium phosphate, heat) to give key hydroxymethyl intermediate 3. Coupling of 3 with phenol aldehyde 4 produces the desired aldehyde analog 5 via typical Mistunobu conditions using either triphenylphosphine or polymer supported triphenylphosphine. A1 is a heteroatom or a hydrocarbyl moiety as defined herein.
- General Method Step 1—Reduction of Carboxylic Acid Derivative 1 to Methyl Alcohol 2:
- To a suspension of carboxylic acid 1 (1-10 mmol) in MeOH or EtOH (2-10 mL) at 0° C. was added SOCl2 (1.5 eq). After stirred at room temperature for 1-12 h, it was concentrated to remove all solvents, dried under high vacuum to give corresponding methyl or ethyl ester. The ester was dissolved in MeOH or EtOH (5-30 mL), to this solution, was added NaBH4 (1-4 eq) at 0° C., the mixture was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for additional 1-24 h. The mixture was quenched with Sat. NH4Cl, filtered off the insolubles and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give the corresponding hydroxymethylene compound 2.
- General Method Step 2—N-Alkylation (1a to 1b):
- The carboxylate 1a (R1═H) can be first alkylated and then reduced to give N-alkyl hydroxymethylene analog 1b (R1=alkyl). In a typical procedure, the carboxylate 1a (1-10 mmol) is first dissolved in DMF (2-20 mL); to this was then added a base such as NaH or Cs2CO3 (1-1.2 eq), followed by the addition of alkyl halide (eg, BnBr) (0.9-1.5 eq). The reaction allowed to proceed at room temperature of heat at 40 to 115° C. for 0.5 to 24 h. In workup A, water was added to the reaction mixture, the precipitated product was collected, washed with water, and then subjected to preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography purification. In workup B (for products that did not precipitate), diluted HCl or aqueous NH4Cl was added at 0° C. to adjusted the pH to ˜7, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate or dichloromethane and aqueous sodium chloride and the organic layer separated, dried, and solvent removed under vacuum to afford crude product which was purified by automated silica gel column chromatography, reaction appropriate solvents mixture (e.g., ethyl acetate/hexanes).
- General Method Step 3—Copper-Mediated N-Arylation from 2a to 2c:
- For cyclic amines (X═H, H), to a solution of hydroxymethylene compound 2a (1-10 mmol) and aryl/hetero iodide (1-1.5 eq) in iPrOH (0.5-10 mL) was added ethylene diol (1.3 eq) and CuI (6.7 mol %), followed by K3PO4 (1.3 eq), then it was degassed and heated at 88° C. for 6-24 h.
- Alternatively, for lactams (X═O), to a solution of hydroxymethylene compound 2a (1-10 mmol) and aryl/hetero iodide (1-1.5 eq) in Dioxane (2-20 mL) was added CuI (0.17 eq), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (0.17 eq), K3PO4 (1.7 eq), then it was degassed and heated at 100° C. for 6-48 h.
- Workup for both procedures: the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature the mixture was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, organic layer was combined, washed with brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give N-aryl/heteroaryl compound 2c.
- General Method C—Mitsunobu Conditions
- A hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (4) (0.1-2 mmol) mixture with substituted methylene alcohol (3) (0.8 to 1.2 eq) and (polymer-supported) PPh3 (1-1.5 eq) in anhydrous THF (1-10 mL) was stirred under nitrogen until complete dissolution. The solution was cooled to 0° C. on ice bath and DIAD or DEAD (1.1 eq) in THF or toluene was added dropwise over a 1-20 min period. The ice cooling bath was allowed to expire over 90 min and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2-48 hours. The mixture was filtered through a pad of silica. The silica was washed with ethyl acetate 2-20 mL. The combined filtrates were evaporated and the residue was dried on highvac. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography.
- Compounds of structure 5 can be synthesized via general synthetic scheme 1. Reduction of carboxylic acid derivative 1 gives hydroxymethyl analog 2, which can be N-alkylated by simple alkyl halide (base, R1X, heat) or aryl halide (ArX) via copper-mediated N-arylation reaction (CuI, Ar—I, base such as N,N-dimethylethylenediamine and potassium phosphate, heat) to give key hydroxymethyl intermediate 3. Coupling of 3 with phenol aldehyde 4 produces the desired aldehyde analog 5 via typical Mistunobu conditions using either triphenylphosphine or polymer supported triphenylphosphine. A1 is a heteroatom or a hydrocarbyl moiety as defined herein.
- General Method Step 1—Reduction of Carboxylic Acid Derivative 1 to Methyl Alcohol 2:
- To a suspension of carboxylic acid 1 (1-10 mmol) in MeOH or EtOH (2-10 mL) at 0° C. was added SOCl2 (1.5 eq). After stirred at room temperature for 1-12 h, it was concentrated to remove all solvents, dried under high vacuum to give corresponding methyl or ethyl ester. The ester was dissolved in MeOH or EtOH (5-30 mL), to this solution, was added NaBH4 (1-4 eq) at 0° C., the mixture was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for additional 1-24 h. The mixture was quenched with Sat. NH4Cl, filtered off the insolubles and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give the corresponding hydroxymethylene compound 2.
- General Method Step 2—Copper-Mediated N-Arylation:
- For cyclic amines (X═H, H), to a solution of hydroxymethylene compound 2 (1-10 mmol) and aryl/hetero iodide (1-1.5 eq) in iPrOH (0.5-10 ml) was added ethylene diol (1.3 eq) and CuI (6.7 mol %), followed by K3PO4 (1.3 eq), then it was degassed and heated at 88° C. for 6-24 h.
- Alternatively, for lactams (X═O), to a solution of hydroxymethylene compound 2 (1-10 mmol) and aryl/hetero iodide (1-1.5 eq) in Dioxane (2-20 ml) was added CuI (0.17 eq), N,N-dimethylethylenediamine (0.17 eq), K3PO4 (1.7 eq), then it was degassed and heated at 100° C. for 6-48 h.
- Workup for both procedures: the reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature the mixture was diluted with EtOAc and water, organic layer was separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc, organic layer was combined, washed with brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by flash silica gel chromatography to give N-aryl/heteroaryl compound 3.
- General Method Step 2b—N-Alkylation:
- The carboxylate 1 can be first alkylated and then reduced to give N-alkyl hydroxymethylene analog 3. In a typical procedure, the carboxylate 1 (1-10 mmol) is first dissolved in DMF (2-20 mL); to this was then added a base such as NaH or Cs2CO3 (1-1.2 eq), followed by the addition of alkyl halide (eg, BnBr) (0.9-1.5 eq). The reaction allowed to proceed at room temperature of heat at 40 to 115° C. for 0.5 to 24 h. In workup A, water was added to the reaction mixture, the precipitated product was collected, washed with water, and then subjected to preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography purification. In workup B (for products that did not precipitate), diluted HCl or aqueous NH4Cl was added at 0° C. to adjusted the pH to ˜7, the reaction mixture was partitioned between ethyl acetate or dichloromethane and aqueous sodium chloride and the organic layer separated, dried, and solvent removed under vacuum to afford crude product which was purified by automated silica gel column chromatography, reaction appropriate solvents mixture (e.g., ethyl acetate/hexanes).
- General Method C—Mitsunobu Conditions
- A hydroxyl(hetero)arylaldehyde derivatives (4) (0.1-2 mmol) mixture with substituted methylene alcohol (3) (0.8 to 1.2 eq) and (polymer-supported) PPh3 (1-1.5 eq) in anhydrous THF (1-10 mL) was stirred under nitrogen until complete dissolution. The solution was cooled to 0° C. on ice bath and DIAD or DEAD (1.1 eq) in THF or toluene was added dropwise over a 1-20 min period. The ice cooling bath was allowed to expire over 90 min and the mixture was stirred at RT for 2-48 hours. The mixture was filtered through a pad of silica. The silica was washed with ethyl acetate 2-20 mL. The combined filtrates were evaporated and the residue was dried on highvac. The residue was purified by preparative HPLC or flash silica gel chromatography.
- Syntheses of the ester prodrugs start with the free carboxylic acid bearing the tertiary amine. The free acid is activated for ester formation in an aprotic solvent and then reacted with a free alcohol group in the presence of an inert base, such as triethyl amine, to provide the ester prodrug. Activating conditions for the carboxylic acid include forming the acid chloride using oxalyl chloride or thionyl chloride in an aprotic solvent, optionally with a catalytic amount of dimethyl formamide, followed by evaporation. Examples of aprotic solvents, include, but are not limited to methylene chloride, tetrahydrofuran, and the like. Alternatively, activations can be performed in situ by using reagents such as BOP (benzotriazol-I-yloxytris(dimethylamino)phosphonium hexafluorophosphate, and the like (see Nagy et al., 1993, Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 90:6373-6376) followed by reaction with the free alcohol. Isolation of the ester products can be affected by extraction with an organic solvent, such as ethyl acetate or methylene chloride, against a mildly acidic aqueous solution; followed by base treatment of the acidic aqueous phase so as to render it basic; followed by extraction with an organic solvent, for example ethyl acetate or methylene chroride; evaporation of the organic solvent layer; and recrystalization from a solvent, such as ethanol. Optionally, the solvent can be acidified with an acid, such as HCl or acetic acid to provide a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. Alternatively the crude reaction can be passed over an ion exchange column bearing sulfonic acid groups in the protonated form, washed with deionized water, and eluted with aqueous ammonia; followed by evaporation.
- Suitable free acids bearing the tertiary amine are commercially available, such as 2-(N-morpholino)-propionic acid, N,N-dimethyl-beta-alanine, and the like. Non-commercial acids can be synthesized in straightforward manner via standard literature procedures.
- Carbonate and carbamate prodrugs can be prepared in an analogous way. For example, amino alcohols and diamines can be activated using activating agents such as phosgene or carbonyl diimidazole, to provide an activated carbonates, which in turn can react with the alcohol and/or the phenolic hydroxy group on the compounds utilized herein to provide carbonate and carbamate prodrugs.
- Various protecting groups and synthetic methods related to them that can be used or adapted to make compounds of the invention can be adapted from the references Testa et al., Hydrolysis in Drug and Prodrug Metabolism, June 2003, Wiley-VCH, Zurich, 419-534 and Beaumont et al., Curr. Drug Metab. 2003, 4:461-85.
- Provided herein is a method of synthesizing an acyloxymethyl version of a prodrug by adapting a method from the reference Sobolev et al., 2002, J. Org. Chem. 67:401-410.
- Provided herein is a method for synthesizing a phosphonooxymethyl version of a prodrug by adapting a method from Mantyla et al., 2004, J. Med. Chem. 47:188-195.
- Provided herein is a method of synthesizing an allyloxymethyl version of a prodrug
- The following examples are given for the purpose of illustrating various embodiments of the invention and are not meant to limit the present invention in any fashion. The present examples, along with the methods described herein are presently representative of preferred embodiments, are exemplary, and are not intended as limitations on the scope of the invention. Changes therein and other uses which are encompassed within the spirit of the invention as defined by the scope of the claims will occur to those skilled in the art.
- In the examples below as well as throughout the application, the following abbreviations have the following meanings. If not defined, the terms have their generally accepted meanings.
-
- ° C.=degrees Celsius
- RT=Room temperature
- min=minute(s)
- h=hour(s)
- μL=Microliter
- mL=Milliliter
- mmol=Millimole
- eq=Equivalent
- mg=Milligram
- ppm=Parts per million
- atm=Atmospheric pressure
- MS=Mass spectrometry
- LC-MS=Liquid chromatography-mass spectrometry
- HPLC=High performance liquid chromatography
- NMR=Nuclear magnetic resonance
- Sat./sat.=Saturated
- MeOH=Methanol
- EtOH=Ethanol
- EtOAc=Ethyl acetate
- Et3N=Triethylamine
- Ac2O=Acetic anhydride
- Na(OAc)3BH=Sodium triacetoxy borohydride
- PBr3=phosphorus tribromide
- Ph3P=Triphenylphosphine
- Ph3PBr2=Triphenylphosphine dibromide
- CBr4 Tetrabromomethane
- DMF=N, N-Dimethylformamide
- DCM=Dichloromethane
- LAH/LiAlH4=Lithium aluminum hydride
- THF=Tetrahydrofuran
- DIBAL=Diisobutylaluminium hydride
- DIAD=Diisopropyl azodicarboxylate
- DEAD=Diethyl azodicarboxylate
- DIPEA=N,N-Diisopropylethylamine
- Pd(dppf)Cl2=[1,1′-Bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene]dichloropalladium(II), complex
- The following representative B-ring and C-ring intermediates may be incorporated into the compounds of the invention by methods that are commonly known to the skilled artisan.
-
-
- To a solution of 6-(benzyloxy)pyridin-3-ol (2.0 g, 10 mmol, 1 eq.) in DMF (20 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil; 0.6 g, 15 mmol, 1.5 eq.) at 0-5° C. portion-wise. Upon the completion of addition, the mixture was continued to stir at 0-5° C. for 15 min, added chloromethyl methyl ether (0.88 g, 11 mmol, 1.1 eq.), stirred at 0-5° C. for another 20 min, and quenched with NH4Cl(sat.) solution. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×20 mL) and the combined organic layers were washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, and purified on silica gel using 25% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent to give 2-(benzyloxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (2.1 g, 87%) as a colorless oil. MS (ESI) m/z 246.1 [M+H]+.
-
- To 2-(benzyloxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (1.8 g, 8.71 mol) in EtOH was added Pd/C (1.0 g). The mixture was charged with H2 (15 psi), stirred at RT for 45 min, filtered, and concentrated to give 5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridin-2-ol (1.35 g, quantitative yield) as a pale yellow solid. MS (ESI) m/z 156.1 [M+H]+.
-
- To a mixture of 5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridin-2-ol (1.35 g, 8.71 mmol, 1 eq.) and K2CO3 (6.01 g, 43.6 mmol, 5.0 eq.) in DMF (30.0 mL) was added 1-bromo-2-methoxyethane (3.61 g, 26.1 mmol, 3 eq.). The mixture was heated at 60° C. for 2 h, cooled, filtered, concentrated, and purified on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc and hexanes as eluent to give 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (500 mg, 27%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 7.94 (d, J=3.0 Hz, 1H), 7.35 (ddd, J=8.9, 3.0, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 6.76 (dd, J=8.9, 1.0 Hz, 1H), 5.11 (s, 2H), 4.48-4.40 (m, 2H), 3.79-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.45 (s, 3H). MS (ESI) m/z 214.1 [M+H]+.
-
- To a mixture of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (1.34 g, 6.3 mol, 1 eq.) and diisopropylamine (17.5 uL, 0.13 mmol, 0.02 eq.) in THF (50 mL) was added methyl lithium (1.6 M/THF, 7 mL, 11.3 mol, 1.8 eq.) at −40° C. Upon the completion of addition, the mixture was warmed to 0° C., continued to stir at 0° C. for 3 h, cooled back down to −40° C., and added DMF (0.83 mL, 11.3 mol, 1.8 eq.) slowly. The mixture was then stirred at −40° C. for 1 h, quenched with a mixture of HCl (12 N, 12 mL) and THF (28 mL), warmed to RT, and added water (20 mL). The pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 8-9 with solid K2CO3. The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (30 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, and purified on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc and hexanes as eluent to give a mixture of 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde and 2-(2-methoxyethoxy)-5-(methoxymethoxy)nicotinaldehyde (5/1, 1.27 g, 83.6%) as a pale yellow oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.45 (s, 1H), 8.23 (s, 1H), 7.16 (s, 1H), 5.27 (s, 2H), 4.46 (dd, J=5.4, 3.9 Hz, 2H), 4.14 (q, J=7.1 Hz, 1H), 3.77-3.71 (m, 2H), 3.56 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 3H) and 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.41 (s, 1H), 8.18 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.85 (d, J=3.1 Hz, 1H), 5.16 (s, 2H), 4.64-4.57 (m, 2H), 3.85-3.79 (m, J=5.4, 4.0 Hz, 2H), 3.50 (s, 3H), 3.46 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 242.1 [M+H]+.
-
- To a solution of 2-methoxy-5-(methoxymethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde (1.27 g, 5.29 mol) in THF (5 mL) was added HCl (3 N, 4 mL). The reaction was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h, cooled to RT, and diluted with water (5 ml). The mixture was neutralized to pH 7-8 with solid K2CO3 and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (100 mL) twice. The combined organic layers were dried over Na2SO4, concentrated, and purified on silica gel using a mixture of EtOAc and hexanes to give 5-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde (630 mg, 60%) and 5-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)nicotinaldehyde (120 mg, 11%). Data for 5-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 9.98 (s, 1H), 9.50 (s, 1H), 8.07 (s, 1H), 7.02 (s, 1H), 4.51-4.39 (m, 2H), 3.81-3.72 (m, 2H), 3.47 (s, 3H). LRMS (M+H+) m/z 198.1. Data for and 5-hydroxy-2-(2-methoxyethoxy) nicotinaldehyde: 1H NMR (400 MHz, CDCl3) δ 10.3 (s, 1H), 7.99 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.58 (d, J=3.2 Hz, 1H), 7.18-7.07 (br, 1H), 4.54 (dd, J=5.4, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.84 (dd, 1=5.4, 3.7 Hz, 2H), 3.49 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 198.1 [M+H]+.
-
- Into a 3000-mL three neck round-bottom flask, was placed a solution of AlCl3 (240 g, 1.80 mol, 3.00 equiv) in dichloromethane (1200 mL). A solution of 2,6-dimethoxybenzaldehyde (100 g, 601.78 mmol, 1.00 eq) in dichloromethane (800 ml) was added to the reaction mixture dropwise at 0° C. The resulting solution was stirred overnight at room temperature, and then it was quenched with 200 mL of diluted HCl (2M). The resulting solution was extracted with 2×200 mL of dichloromethane. The combined organic layers were concentrated under vacuum. The residue was applied onto a silica gel column with ethyl acetate/petroleum ether (1:200-1:50) as eluent to furnish 40 g (48%) of 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde as a yellow solid.
- 1HNMR (300 MHz, DMSO-d6) δ 11.25 (s, 2H), 10.25 (s, 1H), 7.36 (m, 1H), 6.36 (d, J=8.4 Hz 2H); MS (ESI) m/z 139 [M+H]+.
-
- Step 1:
- To a solution of 6-methoxypyridin-3-ol (20 g, 0.16 mol) in DMF (200 mL) was added NaH (60% in mineral oil; 9.6 g, 0.24 mol) at 0-5° C. portion-wise. Upon the completion of addition, the mixture was continued to stir at 0-5° C. for 15 min followed by additional of chloromethyl methyl ether. The mixture was stirred at 0-5° C. for another 20 min and quenched with aqueous NH4Cl(sat.). The aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3×100 mL) and the combined organic layer was washed with water and brine, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated under reduced pressure. The residue was purified on silica gel with 25% EtOAc/hexanes as eluent to give 2-methoxy-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (24.1 g, 89.3%) as a colorless oil. 1H NMR (400 MHz; CDCl3) 7.97 (d, 1H), 7.35 (dd, 1H), 6.70 (d, 1H), 5.12 (s, 2H), 3.91 (s, 3H), 3.51 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 170.1 [M+H]+.
- Step 2:
- To a mixture of 2-methoxy-5-(methoxymethoxy)pyridine (30 g, 0.178 mol) and diisopropylamine (507 uL, 3.6 mmol) in THF (500 ml) was added methyl lithium (1.6 M/THF, 200 mL, 0.32 mol) at −40° C. Upon the completion of addition, the mixture was warmed to 0° C. and continued to stir at 0° C. for 3 h. The reaction mixture was then cooled back down to −40° C. followed by addition of DMF (24.7 ml, 0.32 mol) slowly. The mixture was then stirred at −40° C. for 1 h and quenched with a mixture of HCl (12 N, 120 ml) and THF (280 mL). Water (200 mL) was added and the pH of the mixture was adjusted to pH 8-9 with solid K2CO3. The mixture was extracted with EtOAc (300 mL) twice. The organic layer was combined, dried over Na2SO4, and concentrated to give 2-methoxy-5-(methoxymethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde (33.5 g, 95.7%) as a brown solid, which was used for next step without further purification. 1H NMR (400 MHz; CD3OD) 7.90 (s, 1H), 6.92 (s, 1H), 5.64 (s, 1H), 5.20 (s, 2H), 3.84 (s, 3H), 3.48 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 198.1 [M+H]+.
- Step 3:
- To a solution of 2-methoxy-5-(methoxymethoxy)isonicotinaldehyde (33.5 g, 0.17 mol) in THF (150 ml) was added HCl (3 N, 250 mL). The reaction was stirred at 50° C. for 1 h, cooled to RT and diluted with water (500 ml). The mixture was neutralized to pH 7-8 with solid K2CO3. The pale yellow solid was collected, washed with water, and dried in vacuum oven (40° C.) overnight to give 5-hydroxy-2-methoxyisonicotinaldehyde (17.9 g, 74.6%). 1H NMR (400 MHz; DMSO)=10.31 (s, 1H), 8.03 (s, 1H), 6.89 (s, 1H), 3.80 (s, 3H); MS (ESI) m/z 154.0 [M+H]+.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (700 mg, 6.92 mmol) and DIPEA (1.20 mL, 6.92 mmol) in DCM (12 ml) at 0° C. was added benzoyl chloride (0.80 mL, 6.92 mmol), 30 min later it was diluted with more DCM and was washed with Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried over MgSO4, concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (EtOAc 0-100%) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (1.2 g).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (100 mg, 0.49 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (90 mg, 0.64 mmol) in THF (1 mL) was added PPh3 (190 mg, 0.73 mmol) and DIAD (0.15 mL, 0.73 mmol) at room temperature, 30 min later, it was concentrated and the residue was purified by column (Hexanes/EtOAc=100:0 to 1:1) to give (S)-2-((1-benzoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde (65 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.90 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 7.51-7.31 (m, 6H), 6.53 (t, J=9.2 Hz, 2H), 4.65 (s, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=6.1 Hz, 2H), 3.51 (t, J=6.8 Hz, 2H), 2.29-1.90 (m, 2H), 1.79 (d, J=36.4 Hz, 1H), 1.31-1.18 (m, 1H). MS found for C9H19NO4: 326.5.
-
-
- Step 1: To a suspension of (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol hydrochloride (0.11 g, 0.70 mmol) in DCM (2 mL) was added DIPEA (0.27 ml, 1.54 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (0.08 mL, 0.70 mmol) at room temperature, after stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM and washed with Sat. NH4Cl, brine, dried over MgSO4 and was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (Hexanes/EtOAc=0:100) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (84 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (110 mg, 0.80 mmol) and (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(phenyl)methanone (0.23 g, 1.04 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added PPh3 (310 mg, 1.20 mmol) and DIAD (0.23 ml, 1.20 mmol) at 0° C., then it was warmed up to room temperature and stirred for 1 h. The mixture was concentrated and purified by column (hexanes/EtOAc=60:40) to give (S)-2-((1-benzoylpiperidin-2-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde 62 mg. 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.98 (s, 1H), 10.29 (s, 1H), 7.45-7.28 (m, 5H), 6.58-6.50 (m, 2H), 6.40 (dt, J=8.1, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.32 (t, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 4.18 (s, 1H), 3.04 (s, 1H), 1.94-1.76 (m, 3H), 1.73-1.58 (m, 3H), 1.26 (dt, J=7.0, 3.1 Hz, 2H). MS found for C20H21NO4: 340.2.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (1.89 mL, 10.87 mmol), followed by nicotinyl chloride (0.92 g, 5.19 mmol) at 0° C., after stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=100:0 to 80:20) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (900 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (150 mg, 0.73 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.13 g, 0.91 mmol) in THF (1.5 ml) was added PPh3 (0.29 g, 1.1 mmol) and DIAD (0.21 ml, 1.1 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by column (hexanes/EtOAc=100:0 to 40:60 to DCM/MeOH=100:0 to 90:10) to give a mixture of products, which was further purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-nicotinoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (68 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.90 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.78-8.72 (m, 1H), 8.68 (dd, J=4.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 7.82 (dt, J=7.9, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.40 (t, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 7.36 (ddd, J=7.9, 4.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.53 (dd, J=8.5, 4.9 Hz, 2H), 4.66 (d, J=11.1 Hz, 1H), 4.38 (d, J=5.8 Hz, 2H), 3.54 (t, J=7.6 Hz, 2H), 2.26 (dtd, J=12.8, 7.6, 5.3 Hz, 1H), 2.19-2.10 (m, 1H), 2.10-1.98 (m, 1H), 1.88 (dt, J=12.5, 7.8 Hz, 1H). MS found for C18H18N2O4: 327.4.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (1.89 mL, 10.87 mmol), followed by nicotinyl chloride (0.88 g, 4.94 mmol) at 0° C., after stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=100:0 to 80:20) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-4-yl)methanone (900 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (150 mg, 0.73 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.13 g, 0.91 mmol) in THF (1.5 mL) was added PPh3 (0.29 g, 1.1 mmol) and DIAD (0.21 mL, 1.1 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by column (hexanes/EtOAc=100:0 to 40:60 to DCM/MeOH=100:0 to 90:10) to give a mixture of products, which was further purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-isonicotinoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (36 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.88 (s, 1H), 10.38 (s, 1H), 8.72-8.63 (m, 2H), 7.39 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.35-7.24 (m, 2H), 6.52 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.63 (dq, J=8.4, 5.1 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.29 (m, 2H), 3.46 (hept, J=6.3, 5.4 Hz, 2H), 2.24 (dtd, J=13.3, 7.7, 5.5 Hz, 1H), 2.13 (dq, J=13.0, 6.8 Hz, 1H), 2.03 (dt, J=12.4, 6.3 Hz, 1H), 1.95-1.79 (m, 1H). MS found for C18H18N2O4: 327.4.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) was added DIPEA (1.89 mL, 10.87 mmol), followed by isonicotinyl chloride (0.88 g, 4.94 mmol) at 0° C., after stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=100:0 to 80:20) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-2-yl)methanone (900 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(pyridin-2-yl)methanone (100 mg, 0.48 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.08 g, 0.6 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was added PPh3 (polymer supported, 600 mg, 0.72 mmol) and DIAD (0.15 mL, 0.72 mmol) at room temperature. After stirred at room temperature for 3 h, the mixture was diluted with AcCN, the insoluble material was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-picolinoylpyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (15 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.92 (s, 1H), 10.39 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 8.55 (ddt, J=40.7, 4.9, 1.1 Hz, 1H), 7.89-7.74 (m, 2H), 7.40 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37-7.23 (m, 1H). 6.60-6.46 (m, 2H), 4.76-4.65 (m, 1H), 4.48 (dd, J=9.5, 3.3 Hz, 1H), 4.32-4.18 (m, 1H), 3.99-3.81 (m, 1H), 3.81-3.67 (min, 1H), 2.25-1.83 (m, 4H). MS found for C18H18N2O4: 327.3.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (100 mg, 1 mmol) and 1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carboxylic acid (0.15 g, 1 mmol) in DMF (2 mL) was added HATU (0.38 g, 1 mmol) and then the mixture was stirred until finished, it was diluted with water and extracted with EtOAc, organic layer was dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (100% EtOAc) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanone (120 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)pyrrolidin-1-yl)(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)methanone (120 mg, 0.51 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.09 g, 0.66 mmol) in THF (4 ml) was added PPh3 (Polymer supported, 640 mg, 0.77 mmol) and DIAD (0.16 mL, 0.77 mmol) at 0° C. After stirred at room temperature for 1 h, it was diluted with AcCN, the insoluble material was filtered off and the filtrate was concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazole-5-carbonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (46 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.90 (s, 1H), 10.37 (s. 1H), 7.55 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.54 (d, J=8.5 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 6.37 (d, J=2.0 Hz, 1H), 5.03-4.94 (m, 1H), 4.65 (s, 1H), 4.37 (d, J=5.4 Hz, 2H), 3.67 (s, 1H), 3.60-3.45 (m, 1H), 2.25 (dd, J=13.1, 6.1 Hz, 1H), 2.11 (ddt, J=30.4, 12.0, 6.4 Hz, 2H), 1.93 (s, 1H), 1.53 (d, J=6.6 Hz, 3H), 1.46 (d, J=6.7 Hz, 3H). MS (M+H) found for C19H23N3O4: 358.3.
-
-
- Step 1&2: To a solid sample of (S)-tert-butyl 2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidine-1-carboxylate (215 mg, 1.02 mmol) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (1 mL). After stirred for 30 min, it was concentrated to give (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol HCl salt. To a suspension of (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol HCl salt in DCM (3 mL) at 0° C. was added DIPEA (0.39 mL, 2.24 mmol) and nicotinyl chloride (0.2 g, 1.12 mmol). After stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=90:10) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (130 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(pyridin-3-yl)methanone (130 mg, 0.59 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.11 g, 0.77 mmol) in THF (4 mL) was added PPh3 (polymer supported, 0.74 g, 0.89 mmol) and DIAD (0.17 mL, 0.89 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-nicotinoylpiperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (30 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.95 (s, 1H), 10.29 (s, 1H), 8.66 (dd, J=4.9, 1.7 Hz, 1H), 8.65-8.62 (m, 1H), 7.73 (dt, J=7.8, 2.0 Hz, 1H), 7.41 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.37 (ddd, J=7.8, 4.9, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 6.59-6.54 (m, 1H), 6.40 (d, J=7.0 Hz, 1H), 4.39-4.30 (m, 2H), 4.19 (s, 2H), 3.15 (s, 1H), 1.97-1.78 (m, 4H), 1.72-1.56 (m, 2H). MS found for C19H20N2O4: 341.3.
-
-
- Steps 1&2: To a suspension of 6-methylnicotinic acid (270 mg, 2 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.34 mL, 4 mmol) at 0° C. followed by a drop of DMF, after stirred for 2 hour at room temperature, the solution was concentrated to give crude acid chloride.
- To the above crude acid chloride in DCM (4 mL) was added (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol hydrochloride (300 mg, 1.98 mmol) and DIPEA (1.04 mL, 5.94 mmol) at 0° C., after stirred at room temperature for 2 h, more DIPEA was added to drive the reaction to completion. The reaction was diluted with DCM, washed with Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=90:10) to give desired (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (100 mg).
- Step 3: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(6-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (100 mg, 0.43 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (80 mg, 0.56 mmol) in THF (2.5 mL) at 0° C. was added polymer supported triphenylphosphine (435 mg, 0.52 mmol) and DIAD (0.11 mL, 0.52 mmol), after stirred for 4 hour at room temperature, the solution was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and was purified by prep HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(6-methylnicotinoyl)piperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (29 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.95 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H), 8.53 (d, J=2.2 Hz, 1H), 7.62 (dd, J=8.0, 2.3 Hz, 1H), 7.39 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.21 (d, J=8.0 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dd, J=8.5, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 6.40 (s, 1H), 4.33 (t, J=8.6 Hz, 2H), 4.19 (s, 1H), 3.09 (s, 2H), 2.59 (s, 3H), 1.73 (m, 6H). MS (M+H) found for C20H22N2O4: 355.3.
-
-
- Step 1&2: To a suspension of 2-methylnicotinic acid (300 mg, 2.19 mmol) in DCM (5 mL) was added oxalyl chloride (0.28 mL, 3.3 mmol) at 0° C. and was further stirred for 2 hour at room temperature, then the solution was concentrated to give crude acid chloride.
- To the acid chloride in DCM (5 mL) was added (S)-piperidin-2-ylmethanol hydrochloride (250 mg, 1.65 mmol) and triethylamine (0.69 mL, 4.95 mmol) at 0° C. and was further stirred for 30 min at room temperature, the solution was diluted with more DCM and the organic layer was washed with Sat. NaHCO3 and brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (DCM/MeOH=95:5) to give (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(2-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (200 mg).
- Step 3: To a solution of (S)-(2-(hydroxymethyl)piperidin-1-yl)(2-methylpyridin-3-yl)methanone (180 mg, 0.77 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (140 mg, 1.0 mmol) in THF (5 mL) at 0° C. was added polymer supported triphenylphosphine (1.0 g, 1.16 mmol) and DIAD (0.21 mL, 1.08 mmol), after stirred for 15 hour at room temperature, the solution was filtered, the filtrate was concentrated and was purified by prep HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(2-methylnicotinoyl)piperidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (129 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.99 (s, 1H), 10.40 (s, 1H), 8.53 (m, 1H), 7.42 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 7.32 (m, 1H), 7.20 (m, 1H), 6.56 (d, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.47 (d, J=8.3 Hz, 1H), 5.39 (s, 1H), 4.38 (t, J=8.8 Hz, 1H), 4.21 (dd, J=9.5, 6.6 Hz, 1H), 3.36 (d, J=13.5 Hz, 1H), 3.14 (m, 1H), 2.52 (s, 3H), 2.10-1.35 (m, 6H). MS (M+H) found for C20H22N2O4: 355.3.
-
-
- Step 1&2: To a solid sample of (R)-tert-butyl 3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholine-4-carboxylate (150 mg, 0.69 mmol) was added 4N HCl in dioxane (1.5 mL). After stirred for 30 min, it was concentrated to give (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone as HCl salt. To a suspension of (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone HCl salt in DCM (2 mL) at 0° C. was added DIPEA (0.36 mL, 2.07 mmol) and benzoyl chloride (0.08 mL, 0.69 mmol). After stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column (100% EtOAc) to give (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone (120 mg). Step 3. To a solution of (R)-(3-(hydroxymethyl)morpholino)(phenyl)methanone (80 mg, 0.36 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.06 g, 0.47 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added PPh3 (polymer supported, 0.45 g, 0.54 mmol) and DIAD (0.11 mL, 0.54 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-((4-benzoylmorpholin-3-yl)methoxy)-6-hydroxybenzaldehyde (20 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.96 (s, 1H), 10.28 (s, 1H), 7.50-7.35 (m, 7H), 6.61-6.41 (m, 1H), 4.37 (s, 2H), 4.07 (s, 1H), 3.89 (s, 1H), 3.76 (dd, J=12.2, 3.2 Hz, 1H), 3.55 (s, 2H), 3.39 (s, 1H), 1.35-1.18 (m, 1H). MS found for C19H19NO5: 342.3.
-
- (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (500 mg, 4.94 mmol) in DCM (10 mL) at 0° C. was added TEA (1.04 mL, 7.41 mmol) followed by benzenesulfonyl chloride (0.63 mL, 4.94 mmol). After stirred for 30 min, it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column to (S)-(1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol.
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (125 mg, 0.54 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.1 g, 0.7 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added PPh3 (0.21 g, 0.81 mmol) and DIAD (0.16 mL, 0.81 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(phenylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (37 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.90 (d, J=0.4 Hz, 1H), 10.28 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 7.93-7.76 (m, 2H), 7.65-7.56 (m, 1H), 7.56-7.47 (m, 2H), 7.43 (td, J=8.4, 0.4 Hz, 1H), 6.55 (dt, J=8.5, 0.7 Hz, 1H), 6.48 (dd, J=8.3, 0.8 Hz, 1H), 4.42-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.08-3.95 (m, 2H), 3.56-3.45 (m, 1H), 3.20 (ddd, J=10.0, 8.0, 7.0 Hz, 1H), 2.03-1.83 (m, 2H), 1.81-1.50 (m, 2H). MS found for C18H19NO5S: 362.4.
-
-
- Step 1: To a solution of (S)-pyrrolidin-2-ylmethanol (320 mg, 3.16 mmol) in DCM (6 mL) at 0° C. was added TEA (0.97 mL, 6.95 mmol) followed by pyridine-3-sulfonyl chloride (0.68 g, 3.16 mmol). After stirred for 30 min. it was diluted with DCM, washed with aqueous Sat. NaHCO3, brine, dried and concentrated to give crude product, which was purified by column to give (S)-(1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (66 mg).
- Step 2: To a solution of (S)-(1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methanol (65 mg, 0.29 mmol) and 2,6-dihydroxybenzaldehyde (0.06 g, 0.41 mmol) in THF (2 mL) was added PPh3 (polymer supported, 0.37 g, 0.44 mmol) and DIAD (0.09 mL, 0.44 mmol) at 0° C. and stirred at room temperature for 2 h, it was subsequently diluted with AcCN, the insoluble material was filtered off, the filtrate was concentrated, the resulting residue was purified by preparative HPLC to give (S)-2-hydroxy-6-((1-(pyridin-3-ylsulfonyl)pyrrolidin-2-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde (17 mg). 1H NMR (400 MHz, Chloroform-d) δ 11.90 (s, 1H), 10.29 (d, J=0.6 Hz, 1H), 9.08 (dd, J=2.3, 0.9 Hz, 1H), 8.83 (dd, J=4.9, 1.6 Hz, 1H), 8.18-8.09 (m, 1H), 7.53-7.46 (m, 1H), 7.44 (t, J=8.4 Hz, 1H), 6.61-6.54 (m, 1H), 6.50-6.44 (m, 1H), 4.40-4.31 (m, 1H), 4.12-3.96 (m, 2H), 3.56 (ddd, J=10.5, 7.1, 4.2 Hz, 1H), 3.21 (dt, J=10.1, 7.4 Hz, 1H), 2.08-1.88 (m, 2H), 1.87-1.66 (m, 2H). MS (M+H) found for C17H18N2O5S: 363.4.
- From the foregoing it will be appreciated that, although specific embodiments of the invention have been described herein for purposes of illustration, various modifications may be made without deviating from the spirit and scope of the invention.
- Throughout the description of this invention, reference is made to various patent applications and publications, each of which are herein incorporated by reference in their entirety.
Claims (2)
1. A compound of Formula (I)
or a tautomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt of each of thereof or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
R3 is C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C1-C6 alkoxy, C3-C8 cycloalkoxy, or —NR1R2;
each R1 and R2 independently is hydrogen, C1-C6 alkyl, C3-C8 cycloalkyl, C6-C10 aryl, 4-10 membered heterocycle or 5-10 membered heteroaryl, each containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each alkyl, cycloalkyl, heterocycle, aryl or heteroaryl is optionally substituted, or R1 and R2 together with the nitrogen atom they are attached to form an optionally substituted 4-7 membered heterocycle; or
R3 is C6-C10 aryl, or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, wherein each of the aryl, or heteroaryl is optionally substituted with 1-4 C1-C6 alkyl;
L1 is a bond or is NR70, O, S, or (CR71R72)d; wherein each R70, R71, and R72 independently are hydrogen or C1-C6 alkyl;
d is 1, 2, or 3;
L2 is C═O or SO2;
ring B is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl, optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl having 1-3 nitrogen atoms or oxidized forms of N, or optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; or
ring B is a optionally substituted 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S;
each Y and Z is independently CR10R11, O, S, SO, SO2, or NR10; each R10 and R11 independently is hydrogen or C1-C3 alkyl optionally substituted with 1-3 halo, OH, or C1-C6 alkoxy, or CR10R11 is C═O, provided that if one of Y and Z is O, S, SO, SO2, then the other is not CO, and Y and Z are both not heteroatoms or oxidized forms thereof;
wherein Y is α or β substituted relative to the -L1L2R3;
wherein Z and —CV1V2H are joined to adjacent atoms on ring C;
ring C is a optionally substituted C6-C10 aryl or optionally substituted 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing 1-3 nitrogen atoms, or an oxidized form of N; or
ring C is C6-C10 aryl or a 5-10 membered heteroaryl containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S, each of which is optionally substituted with 1-4: halo, oxo —OR19, C1-C6 alkyl, and/or C1-C6 alkoxy, wherein the C1-C6 alkyl is optionally substituted with 1-5 halo, C1-C6 alkoxy and/or a 4-10 membered heterocycle containing up to 5 ring heteroatoms, wherein the heteroatom is selected from the group consisting of O, N, S, and oxidized forms of N and S; and
R19 is hydrogen or a prodrug moiety R;
V1 and V2 independently are C1-C6 alkoxy, or V1 and V2 together with the carbon atom they are attached to form a ring of formula:
wherein each V3 and V4 are independently O, S, or NH, provided that when one of V3 and V4 is S, the other is NH, and provided that V3 and V4 are both not NH; q is 1 or 2; each V5 is independently C1-C6 alkyl or CO2R60, where each R60 independently is C1-C6 alkyl or hydrogen; t is 0, 1, 2, or 4; or CV1V2 is C═V, wherein V is O, NOR80, or NNR81R82;
R80 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl;
R81 and R82 independently are selected from the group consisting of hydrogen; optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl, COR83 and CO2R84;
R83 is hydrogen or optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl; and
R84 is optionally substituted C1-C6 alkyl.
2-19. (canceled)
Priority Applications (3)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US14/776,726 US20160083343A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-10 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US16/186,275 US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-11-09 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US16/446,331 US10450269B1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2019-06-19 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Applications Claiming Priority (4)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
US13/815,735 US8952171B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US201361905803P | 2013-11-18 | 2013-11-18 | |
US14/776,726 US20160083343A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-10 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
PCT/US2014/022769 WO2014150268A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-10 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Related Parent Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US13/815,735 Continuation-In-Part US8952171B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US13/815,735 Continuation US8952171B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2013-03-15 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
PCT/US2014/022769 A-371-Of-International WO2014150268A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-10 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Related Child Applications (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/127,776 Continuation US20190010121A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-09-11 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoblogin |
US16/186,275 Continuation US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-11-09 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Publications (1)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
US20160083343A1 true US20160083343A1 (en) | 2016-03-24 |
Family
ID=51580732
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US14/776,726 Abandoned US20160083343A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-03-10 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US16/127,776 Abandoned US20190010121A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-09-11 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoblogin |
US16/186,275 Active US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-11-09 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
US16/127,776 Abandoned US20190010121A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-09-11 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoblogin |
US16/186,275 Active US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-11-09 | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Country Status (22)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (3) | US20160083343A1 (en) |
EP (1) | EP2970196B1 (en) |
JP (3) | JP6426694B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR102280614B1 (en) |
CN (2) | CN112500338A (en) |
AP (1) | AP2015008721A0 (en) |
AU (3) | AU2014237340C1 (en) |
BR (1) | BR112015021985B1 (en) |
CA (1) | CA2903220C (en) |
CL (1) | CL2015002501A1 (en) |
EA (1) | EA034922B1 (en) |
ES (1) | ES2852054T3 (en) |
IL (1) | IL241060B (en) |
MX (1) | MX379228B (en) |
MY (1) | MY191087A (en) |
PE (1) | PE20161035A1 (en) |
SA (2) | SA515361026B1 (en) |
SG (2) | SG11201507320QA (en) |
TW (1) | TWI695830B (en) |
UY (1) | UY35426A (en) |
WO (1) | WO2014150268A1 (en) |
ZA (1) | ZA201703791B (en) |
Cited By (19)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US9981939B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-05-29 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10004725B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-06-26 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of treatment |
US10017491B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-07-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10034879B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2018-07-31 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted benzaldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10077249B2 (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2018-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Process for synthesizing 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10100043B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10100040B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10137118B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2018-11-27 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline polymorphs of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10266551B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10315991B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-06-11 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10377741B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2019-08-13 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted heteroaryl aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10450269B1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2019-10-22 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10493035B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2019-12-03 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Tablets comprising 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10683285B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-06-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Modulators of hemoglobin |
US11014908B2 (en) | 2018-11-29 | 2021-05-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Chemical compounds |
US11014884B2 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2021-05-25 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Modulators of hemoglobin |
US11020382B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-06-01 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Dosing regimens for 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-07-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US11236109B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-02-01 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Families Citing this family (3)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
WO2016043849A2 (en) * | 2014-07-24 | 2016-03-24 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds for treating acute respiratory distress syndrome or a negative effect thereof |
BR112022019423A2 (en) | 2020-03-31 | 2022-12-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | HEMOGLOBIN MODULATORS |
JP7424917B2 (en) * | 2020-06-18 | 2024-01-30 | 株式会社平和 | gaming machine |
Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160083348A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-03-24 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Family Cites Families (434)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
DE258226C (en) | ||||
DE226590C (en) | ||||
DE276479C (en) | ||||
BE554933A (en) | 1956-02-13 | 1900-01-01 | ||
BE787580A (en) | 1971-08-13 | 1973-02-14 | Hoechst Ag | FURANNE DERIVATIVE PREPARATION PROCESS |
BE787576A (en) | 1971-08-13 | 1973-02-14 | Hoechst Ag | BENZOFURANE DERIVATIVES AND THEIR USE AS OPTICAL BLASTERS |
GB1409865A (en) | 1973-02-13 | 1975-10-15 | Science Union & Cie | Dihydropyridines derivatives their preparation and pharmaceu tical compositions containing them |
US4062858A (en) | 1976-12-22 | 1977-12-13 | E. R. Squibb & Sons, Inc. | Derivatives of 5,6-dihydrobenzo[5,6]cyclohepta[1,2-b]pyrazolo[4,3-e]pyridin-11(1H)-ones and 11(1H)-imines |
GB1593417A (en) | 1976-12-22 | 1981-07-15 | Squibb & Sons Inc | Carbocyclic-fused pyrazolopyridine derivatives |
DE2964427D1 (en) | 1978-10-04 | 1983-02-03 | Ciba Geigy Ag | Process for the preparation of furanyl-benzazoles |
DE2853765A1 (en) | 1978-12-13 | 1980-06-26 | Bayer Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING BENZIMIDAZOLYLBENZOFURANES |
DE2904829A1 (en) | 1979-02-08 | 1980-08-14 | Bayer Ag | METHOD FOR PRODUCING BENZIMIDAZOLYLBENZOFURANE |
GR68748B (en) * | 1979-06-29 | 1982-02-16 | Wellcome Found | |
IL64573A (en) * | 1980-12-18 | 1985-04-30 | Wellcome Found | Derivatives of formylphenoxyalkanoic acids and formylphenoxymethylbenzoic acids,their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations containing them |
JPS5929667A (en) | 1982-08-13 | 1984-02-16 | Otsuka Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Carbostyryl derivative |
US4478834A (en) | 1983-02-11 | 1984-10-23 | Usv Pharmaceutical Corporation | Dihydropyridines and their use in the treatment of asthma |
GB8402740D0 (en) | 1984-02-02 | 1984-03-07 | Scras | Furo-(3 4-c)-pyridine derivatives |
JPS6140236A (en) | 1984-08-02 | 1986-02-26 | Yamanouchi Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Hydroquinone derivative |
DE3431004A1 (en) | 1984-08-23 | 1986-03-06 | Hoechst Ag, 6230 Frankfurt | NEW 3-PYRIDYL COMPOUNDS AND METHOD FOR THEIR PRODUCTION |
GB8603475D0 (en) | 1986-02-12 | 1986-03-19 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical compounds |
DK111387A (en) | 1986-03-05 | 1987-09-06 | Otsuka Pharma Co Ltd | CARBOSTYRIL DERIVATIVES AND SALTS THEREOF, MEDICINE CONTAINING SUCH DERIVATIVES AND PROCEDURES FOR THE PREPARATION OF THE DERIVATIVES |
US4831041A (en) | 1986-11-26 | 1989-05-16 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Imidazopyridine compounds and processes for preparation thereof |
AU598093B2 (en) | 1987-02-07 | 1990-06-14 | Wellcome Foundation Limited, The | Pyridopyrimidines, methods for their preparation and pharmaceutical formulations thereof |
JPH07121937B2 (en) | 1987-03-18 | 1995-12-25 | 大塚製薬株式会社 | Carbostyril derivative |
JPS63258463A (en) * | 1987-04-14 | 1988-10-25 | Kumiai Chem Ind Co Ltd | 2-phenoxypyrimidine derivatives and herbicides |
GB8711802D0 (en) | 1987-05-19 | 1987-06-24 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co | Dithioacetal compounds |
GB8718940D0 (en) | 1987-08-11 | 1987-09-16 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Chemical compounds |
US4920131A (en) | 1987-11-03 | 1990-04-24 | Rorer Pharmaceutical Corp. | Quinoline derivatives and use thereof as antagonists of leukotriene D4 |
JP2650038B2 (en) | 1988-01-27 | 1997-09-03 | サントリー株式会社 | Pyrrolitidine compounds and uses thereof |
JPH01305081A (en) | 1988-04-04 | 1989-12-08 | E R Squibb & Sons Inc | 3-acylamino-1-((((substituted sulfonyl)amino) carbonyl)amino)-2-azetinones |
US4952574A (en) | 1988-09-26 | 1990-08-28 | Riker Laboratories, Inc. | Antiarrhythmic substituted N-(2-piperidylmethyl)benzamides |
IE81170B1 (en) | 1988-10-21 | 2000-05-31 | Zeneca Ltd | Pyridine derivatives |
US5236917A (en) | 1989-05-04 | 1993-08-17 | Sterling Winthrop Inc. | Saccharin derivatives useful as proteolytic enzyme inhibitors and compositions and method of use thereof |
IT1230859B (en) | 1989-06-05 | 1991-11-08 | Corvi Camillo Spa | 2 ALCHYLYLPHENOLS SUBSTITUTED FOR ANTI-INFLAMMATORY ACTION, PROCEDURE FOR THEIR PREPARATION AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM. |
CA2071897A1 (en) | 1989-12-28 | 1991-06-29 | Richard A. Glennon | Sigma receptor ligands and the use thereof |
GB2244054B (en) | 1990-04-19 | 1994-04-06 | Ici Plc | Pyridine derivatives |
AU641769B2 (en) | 1990-06-18 | 1993-09-30 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of HIV reverse transcriptase |
AU653734B2 (en) | 1990-06-19 | 1994-10-13 | Meiji Seika Kabushiki Kaisha | Substituted 4-biphenylmethoxypyridine derivatives |
NL9001752A (en) | 1990-08-02 | 1992-03-02 | Cedona Pharm Bv | NEW 1,4-DIHYDROPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES. |
IL99731A0 (en) | 1990-10-18 | 1992-08-18 | Merck & Co Inc | Hydroxylated pyridine derivatives,their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
JPH05301872A (en) | 1992-04-23 | 1993-11-16 | Kumiai Chem Ind Co Ltd | Picolinic acid derivative and herbicide |
US5403816A (en) | 1990-10-25 | 1995-04-04 | Kumiai Chemical Industry Co., Ltd. | Picolinic acid derivative and herbicidal composition |
AU1183992A (en) | 1991-02-08 | 1992-09-07 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh | Complexing agents |
JPH0641118A (en) | 1991-05-31 | 1994-02-15 | Kumiai Chem Ind Co Ltd | Picolinic acid derivative and herbicide |
US5185251A (en) | 1991-06-07 | 1993-02-09 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Microbial transformation of a substituted pyridinone using actinoplanacete sp. MA 6559 |
CA2111957A1 (en) | 1991-06-27 | 1993-01-07 | Richard A. Glennon | Sigma receptor ligands and the use thereof |
JP2600644B2 (en) | 1991-08-16 | 1997-04-16 | 藤沢薬品工業株式会社 | Thiazolyl benzofuran derivative |
FR2680512B1 (en) | 1991-08-20 | 1995-01-20 | Adir | NOVEL 2,4-THIAZOLIDINEDIONE DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM. |
US5202243A (en) | 1991-10-04 | 1993-04-13 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Method of hydroxylating 3-[2-(benzoxazol-2-yl)ethyl]-5-ethyl-6-methyl-2-(1H)-pyridinone by incubation with liver slices |
GB9203798D0 (en) | 1992-02-21 | 1992-04-08 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co | Quinolylbenzofuran derivatives,processes for preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising the same |
WO1994001406A1 (en) | 1992-07-01 | 1994-01-20 | Byk Gulden Lomberg Chemische Fabrik Gmbh | Contrast agents for mr diagnosis |
US5290941A (en) | 1992-10-14 | 1994-03-01 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Facile condensation of methylbenzoxazoles with aromatic aldehydes |
EP0645387A1 (en) | 1993-04-07 | 1995-03-29 | Taiho Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Thiazolidine derivative and pharmaceutical composition containing the same |
DE4318550A1 (en) | 1993-06-04 | 1994-12-08 | Boehringer Mannheim Gmbh | Arylidene-4-oxo-2-thioxo-3-thiazolidinecarboxylic acids, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
US5534529A (en) | 1993-06-30 | 1996-07-09 | Sankyo Company, Limited | Substituted aromatic amides and ureas derivatives having anti-hypercholesteremic activity, their preparation and their therapeutic uses |
JPH0725882A (en) | 1993-07-07 | 1995-01-27 | Res Dev Corp Of Japan | INTERMEDIATE FOR PRODUCING ACROMELIC ACID B AND E AND METHOD FOR PRODUCING THE SAME |
DE69418789T2 (en) | 1993-08-05 | 1999-12-02 | Hoechst Marion Roussel, Inc. | 2- (Piperidin-4-yl, pyridin-4-yl and tetrahydropyridin-4-yl) benzofuran-7-carbamate derivatives, their preparation and use as acetylcholinesterase inhibitors |
EP0640609A1 (en) | 1993-08-24 | 1995-03-01 | Ono Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Fused phenol derivatives having inhibitory activity on TXA2 synthetase, and 5-lipoxygenase and scavenging activity on oxygen species |
US5840900A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1998-11-24 | Enzon, Inc. | High molecular weight polymer-based prodrugs |
US5965566A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1999-10-12 | Enzon, Inc. | High molecular weight polymer-based prodrugs |
US5880131A (en) | 1993-10-20 | 1999-03-09 | Enzon, Inc. | High molecular weight polymer-based prodrugs |
US5605976A (en) | 1995-05-15 | 1997-02-25 | Enzon, Inc. | Method of preparing polyalkylene oxide carboxylic acids |
AU7992594A (en) | 1993-11-19 | 1995-06-06 | Ciba-Geigy Ag | Benzothiophene derivatives possessing a methoxyimino substituent as microbicides |
EP0658559A1 (en) * | 1993-12-14 | 1995-06-21 | Chemisch Pharmazeutische Forschungsgesellschaft m.b.H. | Thienothiazin derivatives, process for their preparation and their use as 5-dipoxygenase and cyclooxygenase inhibitors |
DE69516128T2 (en) | 1994-02-14 | 2000-12-21 | Merrell Pharmaceuticals Inc., Cincinnati | MERCAPTOACETYLAMIDE-1,3,4,5-TETRAHYDROBENZO (C) AZEPINE-3-A DISULFIDE DERIVATIVES AS ENKEPHALINASE AND ACE INHIBITORS |
TW474813B (en) * | 1994-06-10 | 2002-02-01 | Geltex Pharma Inc | Alkylated composition for removing bile salts from a patient |
GB9420557D0 (en) | 1994-10-12 | 1994-11-30 | Zeneca Ltd | Aromatic compounds |
DE4442050A1 (en) | 1994-11-25 | 1996-05-30 | Hoechst Ag | Heterospiro compounds and their use as electroluminescent materials |
US5650408A (en) | 1995-06-07 | 1997-07-22 | Karanewsky; Donald S. | Thiazolo benzazepine containing dual action inhibitors |
GB9511694D0 (en) | 1995-06-09 | 1995-08-02 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co | Benzamide derivatives |
TW434240B (en) | 1995-06-20 | 2001-05-16 | Zeneca Ltd | Aromatic compounds, preparation thereof and pharmaceutical composition comprising same |
CA2238081A1 (en) | 1995-11-22 | 1997-05-29 | S. Jane Desolms | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
GB9604311D0 (en) | 1996-02-29 | 1996-05-01 | Merck & Co Inc | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
JP3895404B2 (en) | 1996-05-17 | 2007-03-22 | 興和株式会社 | Chalcone derivative and pharmaceutical containing the same |
CN1221417A (en) | 1996-07-26 | 1999-06-30 | 雷迪博士研究基金会 | Thiazolidinedione compounds having antidiabetic, hypolipidemic, antihypertensive properties, process for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
EP0922028A1 (en) | 1996-08-26 | 1999-06-16 | Genetics Institute, Inc. | Inhibitors of phospholipase enzymes |
US6630496B1 (en) | 1996-08-26 | 2003-10-07 | Genetics Institute Llc | Inhibitors of phospholipase enzymes |
WO1998009967A1 (en) | 1996-09-09 | 1998-03-12 | Kyowa Hakko Kogyo Co., Ltd. | Pyrrolocarbazole derivatives |
AU725228B2 (en) | 1996-11-12 | 2000-10-12 | Novartis Ag | Novel herbicides |
US5932590A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1999-08-03 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US5977134A (en) | 1996-12-05 | 1999-11-02 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US6043389A (en) | 1997-03-11 | 2000-03-28 | Mor Research Applications, Ltd. | Hydroxy and ether-containing oxyalkylene esters and uses thereof |
FR2761069A1 (en) | 1997-03-20 | 1998-09-25 | Pf Medicament | Di:hydro benzo furan spiro:amine derivatives |
FR2761687B1 (en) | 1997-04-08 | 2000-09-15 | Centre Nat Rech Scient | QUINOLEIN DERIVATIVES, ESPECIALLY HAVING ANTIVIRAL PROPERTIES, THEIR PREPARATIONS AND THEIR BIOLOGICAL APPLICATIONS |
US5760232A (en) | 1997-06-16 | 1998-06-02 | Schering Corporation | Synthesis of intermediates useful in preparing bromo-substituted tricyclic compounds |
US6214817B1 (en) | 1997-06-20 | 2001-04-10 | Monsanto Company | Substituted pyridino pentaazamacrocyle complexes having superoxide dismutase activity |
US6011042A (en) | 1997-10-10 | 2000-01-04 | Enzon, Inc. | Acyl polymeric derivatives of aromatic hydroxyl-containing compounds |
WO1999020609A1 (en) | 1997-10-17 | 1999-04-29 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US6103723A (en) | 1997-10-17 | 2000-08-15 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Inhibitors of farnesyl-protein transferase |
US6111107A (en) | 1997-11-20 | 2000-08-29 | Enzon, Inc. | High yield method for stereoselective acylation of tertiary alcohols |
JP2002508379A (en) | 1997-12-12 | 2002-03-19 | ユーロ−セルティーク,エス.エイ. | 3-Substituted adenine via 2-thioxanthine |
PL342516A1 (en) | 1998-02-25 | 2001-06-18 | Genetics Inst | Phospholipase a2 inhibitors |
CA2319493A1 (en) | 1998-03-18 | 1999-09-23 | Regine Bohacek | Heterocyclic signal transduction inhibitors, compositions containing them |
US6214879B1 (en) | 1998-03-24 | 2001-04-10 | Virginia Commonwealth University | Allosteric inhibitors of pyruvate kinase |
US6528529B1 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2003-03-04 | Acadia Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Compounds with activity on muscarinic receptors |
AU762726B2 (en) | 1998-03-31 | 2003-07-03 | Acadia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Compounds with activity on muscarinic receptors |
US6153655A (en) | 1998-04-17 | 2000-11-28 | Enzon, Inc. | Terminally-branched polymeric linkers and polymeric conjugates containing the same |
GB9810860D0 (en) | 1998-05-20 | 1998-07-22 | Hoechst Schering Agrevo Gmbh | Substituted pyridine and pyrimidines, processes for their preparation and their use as pesticides |
IL139811A0 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2002-02-10 | Abbott Lab | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antinflammatory compounds |
US6232320B1 (en) | 1998-06-04 | 2001-05-15 | Abbott Laboratories | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory compounds |
GB9818627D0 (en) | 1998-08-26 | 1998-10-21 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Improvements in dva vaccination |
GB9823871D0 (en) | 1998-10-30 | 1998-12-23 | Pharmacia & Upjohn Spa | 2-Amino-thiazole derivatives, process for their preparation, and their use as antitumour agents |
US20030060425A1 (en) | 1998-11-24 | 2003-03-27 | Ahlem Clarence N. | Immune modulation method using steroid compounds |
TR200101744T2 (en) | 1998-12-14 | 2001-12-21 | F. Hoffmann-La Roche Ag | Phenylglycine derivatives. |
CA2358955A1 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2000-07-13 | Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | N-carboxymethyl substituted benzolactams as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinase |
US6544980B2 (en) | 1998-12-31 | 2003-04-08 | Aventis Pharmaceuticals Inc. | N-carboxymethyl substituted benzolactams as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinase |
EP1150955A2 (en) | 1999-02-04 | 2001-11-07 | Millennium Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | G-protein coupled heptahelical receptor binding compounds and methods of use thereof |
JP2002541134A (en) | 1999-03-31 | 2002-12-03 | ビーエーエスエフ アクチェンゲゼルシャフト | Substituted aniline compounds |
JP2000302757A (en) | 1999-04-16 | 2000-10-31 | Shiseido Co Ltd | N-substituted piperidine derivative |
US6251927B1 (en) | 1999-04-20 | 2001-06-26 | Medinox, Inc. | Methods for treatment of sickle cell anemia |
WO2000064876A1 (en) | 1999-04-28 | 2000-11-02 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland Gmbh | Tri-aryl acid derivatives as ppar receptor ligands |
EP1181055A2 (en) | 1999-05-14 | 2002-02-27 | Boehringer Ingelheim Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Enzyme-activated anti-tumor prodrug compounds |
US6184228B1 (en) | 1999-05-25 | 2001-02-06 | Anadys Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Anti-sickling agents: selection methods and effective compounds |
WO2000075145A1 (en) | 1999-06-03 | 2000-12-14 | Abbott Laboratories | Cell adhesion-inhibiting antiinflammatory compounds |
AUPQ105499A0 (en) | 1999-06-18 | 1999-07-08 | Biota Scientific Management Pty Ltd | Antiviral agents |
US6747028B1 (en) | 1999-06-28 | 2004-06-08 | Hanssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Respiratory syncytial virus replication inhibitors |
KR100694687B1 (en) | 1999-09-28 | 2007-03-13 | 에자이 알앤드디 매니지먼트 가부시키가이샤 | Quinuclidin compound and medicine containing it as an active ingredient |
SE9903759D0 (en) | 1999-10-18 | 1999-10-18 | Astra Ab | Pharmaceutically active compounds |
HU229415B1 (en) | 1999-11-05 | 2013-12-30 | Emisphere Tech Inc | Phenoxy carboxylic acid compounds and compositions for delivering active agents |
AUPQ407699A0 (en) | 1999-11-16 | 1999-12-09 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Aminoalcohol derivatives |
JP2003519698A (en) | 2000-01-07 | 2003-06-24 | トランスフォーム ファーマスーティカルズ,インコーポレイテッド | High-throughput formation, identification and analysis of various solid forms |
WO2001057044A1 (en) | 2000-02-01 | 2001-08-09 | Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Pyridoxazine derivatives |
FR2804431A1 (en) | 2000-02-02 | 2001-08-03 | Adir | NEW HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES, THEIR PREPARATION PROCESS AND THE PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING THEM |
US6506755B2 (en) | 2000-02-03 | 2003-01-14 | Hoffmann-La Roche Inc. | Thiazolidinecarboxyl acids |
AUPQ585000A0 (en) | 2000-02-28 | 2000-03-16 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Aminoalcohol derivatives |
US6559140B2 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2003-05-06 | Abbott Laboratories | Cyclic and bicyclic diamino histamine-3 receptor antagonists |
WO2001066534A2 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2001-09-13 | Abbott Laboratories | Cyclic and bicyclic diamino histamine-3 receptor antagonists |
IL151517A0 (en) | 2000-03-09 | 2003-04-10 | Aventis Pharma Gmbh | Therapeutic uses of ppar mediators |
US6649172B2 (en) | 2000-03-17 | 2003-11-18 | Corixa Corporation | Amphipathic aldehydes and their uses as adjuvants and immunoeffectors |
AUPQ841300A0 (en) | 2000-06-27 | 2000-07-20 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | New aminoalcohol derivatives |
ATE400556T1 (en) | 2000-07-14 | 2008-07-15 | Hoffmann La Roche | N-OXIDES AS NK1 RECEPTOR ANTAGONIST PRODRUGS OF 4-PHENYLPYRIDINE DERIVATIVES |
AU2001281071A1 (en) | 2000-08-01 | 2002-02-13 | Gmp Companies, Inc. | Ammonium salts of hemoglobin allosteric effectors, and uses thereof |
ES2261454T3 (en) | 2000-08-08 | 2006-11-16 | Ortho-Mcneil Pharmaceutical, Inc. | BICYCLE COMPOUNDS AS LEGANDS OF THE H3 RECEIVER. |
US6653313B2 (en) | 2000-08-10 | 2003-11-25 | Warner-Lambert Company Llc | 1,4-dihydropyridine compounds as bradykinin antagonists |
JP4272338B2 (en) | 2000-09-22 | 2009-06-03 | バイエル アクチェンゲゼルシャフト | Pyridine derivatives |
AUPR034000A0 (en) | 2000-09-25 | 2000-10-19 | Fujisawa Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Aminoalcohol derivatives |
NZ525700A (en) | 2000-11-20 | 2004-12-24 | Biovitrum Ab | Piperazinylpyrazine compounds as agonist or antagonist of serotonin 5HT-2 receptor |
EP1217000A1 (en) | 2000-12-23 | 2002-06-26 | Aventis Pharma Deutschland GmbH | Inhibitors of factor Xa and factor VIIa |
WO2002051849A1 (en) | 2000-12-26 | 2002-07-04 | Daiichi Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Cdk4 inhibitors |
WO2002053547A1 (en) | 2000-12-28 | 2002-07-11 | Takeda Chemical Industries, Ltd. | Alkanoic acid derivatives, process for their production and use thereof |
EP1351936A1 (en) | 2001-01-15 | 2003-10-15 | Glaxo Group Limited | Aryl piperidine and piperazine derivatives as inducers of ldl-receptor expression |
SE0100326D0 (en) | 2001-02-02 | 2001-02-02 | Astrazeneca Ab | New compounds |
US20030022923A1 (en) | 2001-03-01 | 2003-01-30 | Medinox, Inc. | Methods for treatment of sickle cell anemia |
SE0101324D0 (en) | 2001-04-12 | 2001-04-12 | Astrazeneca Ab | New process |
US6627646B2 (en) | 2001-07-17 | 2003-09-30 | Sepracor Inc. | Norastemizole polymorphs |
EP1435894A4 (en) | 2001-07-23 | 2005-07-06 | Galileo Pharmaceuticals Inc | CYTOPROTECTIVE COMPOUNDS, METHODS AND PHARMACEUTICAL AND COSMETIC FORMULATIONS |
JP2003075970A (en) | 2001-08-31 | 2003-03-12 | Konica Corp | Silver halide color photographic sensitive material, color photographic sensitive material, image forming method for the same and method for creating digital image information |
KR100467313B1 (en) | 2001-11-22 | 2005-01-24 | 한국전자통신연구원 | Red organic electroluminescent compounds, method for synthesizing the same and electroluminescent devices |
US20030187026A1 (en) | 2001-12-13 | 2003-10-02 | Qun Li | Kinase inhibitors |
AU2002360763A1 (en) | 2001-12-19 | 2003-07-09 | Atherogenics, Inc. | Chalcone derivatives and their use to treat diseases |
US20030190333A1 (en) | 2002-02-04 | 2003-10-09 | Corixa Corporation | Immunostimulant compositions comprising aminoalkyl glucosaminide phosphates and saponins |
AU2003229883B2 (en) | 2002-04-03 | 2009-06-11 | Topotarget Uk Limited | Carbamic acid compounds comprising a piperazine linkage as HDAC inhibitors |
AU2003230985A1 (en) | 2002-04-18 | 2003-11-03 | Stephen H. Embury | Method and composition for preventing pain in sickle cell patients |
US6608076B1 (en) | 2002-05-16 | 2003-08-19 | Enzon, Inc. | Camptothecin derivatives and polymeric conjugates thereof |
GB0212785D0 (en) | 2002-05-31 | 2002-07-10 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Compounds |
KR20050071471A (en) * | 2002-08-08 | 2005-07-07 | 스미스클라인 비참 코포레이션 | Thiophene compounds |
JP2006502134A (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2006-01-19 | アストラゼネカ アクチボラグ | Compounds having activity at metabotropic glutamate receptors |
EP1536790A2 (en) | 2002-08-09 | 2005-06-08 | AstraZeneca AB | Oxadiazoles as modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor-5 |
EP1548008A4 (en) | 2002-08-23 | 2008-08-06 | Kirin Pharma Kk | COMPOUND HAVING BETA-TRANSFORMING GROWTH FACTOR INHIBITORY ACTIVITY AND DRUG CONTAINING COMPOSITION |
AU2003262023A1 (en) | 2002-09-10 | 2004-04-30 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Five-membered heterocyclic compounds |
GB0223712D0 (en) | 2002-10-14 | 2002-11-20 | Astrazeneca Ab | Chemical intermediate |
ES2407090T3 (en) | 2002-12-04 | 2013-06-11 | Virginia Commonwealth University | Use of heterocyclic derivatives of carbaldehyde against sickle cell anemia |
US6908921B2 (en) | 2002-12-13 | 2005-06-21 | Merck & Co., Inc. | Quinoxalinone derivatives as bradykinin B1 antagonists |
AU2003303239A1 (en) | 2002-12-19 | 2004-07-14 | Atherogenics, Inc. | Process of making chalcone derivatives |
JP4679155B2 (en) | 2002-12-25 | 2011-04-27 | キッセイ薬品工業株式会社 | Nitrogen-containing heterocyclic derivative, pharmaceutical composition containing the same, and pharmaceutical use thereof |
WO2004073675A1 (en) | 2003-02-24 | 2004-09-02 | Randolph Riemschneider | Cosmetic composition with a whitening effect, method for the production and use thereof |
GB0305142D0 (en) | 2003-03-06 | 2003-04-09 | Eisai London Res Lab Ltd | Synthesis |
US20040186077A1 (en) | 2003-03-17 | 2004-09-23 | Medicure International Inc. | Novel heteroaryl phosphonates as cardioprotective agents |
ZA200507752B (en) | 2003-03-28 | 2007-01-31 | Threshold Pharmaceuticals Inc | Compositions and methods for treating cancer |
JPWO2004089410A1 (en) | 2003-04-03 | 2006-07-06 | 協和醗酵工業株式会社 | Preventive and / or therapeutic agent for neuropathic pain |
GB0308333D0 (en) | 2003-04-10 | 2003-05-14 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Novel compounds |
CA2520259A1 (en) | 2003-04-11 | 2004-10-28 | Anormed Inc. | Cxcr4 chemokine receptor binding compounds |
WO2004098528A2 (en) | 2003-05-01 | 2004-11-18 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Pyrazole-amine compounds useful as kinase inhibitors |
WO2004099127A1 (en) | 2003-05-07 | 2004-11-18 | Novo Nordisk A/S | Novel compounds as kinase inhibitors |
MXPA05013224A (en) | 2003-06-12 | 2006-03-09 | Novo Nordisk As | Pyridinyl carbamates as hormone-sensitive lipase inhibitors. |
WO2005019220A2 (en) | 2003-08-11 | 2005-03-03 | Cellular Genomics Inc. | Substituted imidazo[1,2-a]pyrazines as modulators of kinase activity |
US7411083B2 (en) | 2003-09-25 | 2008-08-12 | Wyeth | Substituted acetic acid derivatives |
EP1670761B1 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2009-01-28 | Xention Limited | Tetrahydro-naphthalene and urea derivatives |
US7211671B2 (en) | 2003-10-01 | 2007-05-01 | Bristol Myers Squibb Company | Substituted 1,3-dihydro-imidazol-2-one and 1,3-dihydro-imidazol-2-thione derivatives as inhibitors of matrix metalloproteinases and/or TNF-α converting enzyme (TACE) |
US20080009478A1 (en) | 2003-10-22 | 2008-01-10 | Arena Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Benzazepine Derivatives and Methods of Prophylaxis or Treatment of 5Ht2c Receptor Associated Diseases |
WO2005042467A1 (en) | 2003-10-31 | 2005-05-12 | Lica Pharmaceuticals A/S | Quaternary amino-functional chalcones |
JP4745244B2 (en) | 2003-11-05 | 2011-08-10 | エフ.ホフマン−ラ ロシュ アーゲー | Phenyl derivatives as PPAR agonists |
CN1902171A (en) | 2003-11-10 | 2007-01-24 | 舍林股份公司 | Benzylether amine compounds useful as CCR-5 antagonists |
CN101966183A (en) | 2003-12-02 | 2011-02-09 | 细胞基因公司 | Methods and compositions for the treatment and management of hemoglobinopathy and anemia |
EP1555264A1 (en) | 2004-01-15 | 2005-07-20 | Sireen AG | Five-membered heterocyclic compounds as inhibitors of SRC family protein kinase. |
US7378439B2 (en) | 2004-01-20 | 2008-05-27 | Usv, Ltd. | Process for the preparation of 4-(2-dipropylaminoethyl)-1,3-dihydro-2H-indol-2-one hydrochloride |
AU2005211349A1 (en) | 2004-01-30 | 2005-08-18 | Istituto Di Ricerche Di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.P.A. | N-benzyl-3,4-dihyroxypyridine-2-carboxamide and N-benzyl-2,3-dihydroxypyridine-4-carboxamide compounds useful as HIV integrase inhibitors |
WO2005077373A2 (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2005-08-25 | Astrazeneca Ab | Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease (gerd) |
WO2005077368A2 (en) | 2004-02-03 | 2005-08-25 | Astrazeneca Ab | Treatment of gastro-esophageal reflux disease (gerd) |
GB0403038D0 (en) | 2004-02-11 | 2004-03-17 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
CA2558217A1 (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2005-09-22 | Wyeth | Ion channel modulators |
BRPI0508532A (en) | 2004-03-08 | 2007-08-07 | Wyeth Corp | Ion channel modulators |
EP1725554A1 (en) | 2004-03-09 | 2006-11-29 | Istituto di Richerche di Biologia Molecolare P. Angeletti S.p.A. | Hiv integrase inhibitors |
WO2005086951A2 (en) | 2004-03-10 | 2005-09-22 | Threshold Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hypoxia-activated anti-cancer agents |
DE102004015226B3 (en) | 2004-03-24 | 2005-08-25 | Siemens Ag | Plasma cleaning method suitable for interior surfaces of e.g. bulbs for discharge lamps, forms back pressure and ignites plasma only inside bulb |
US7297817B2 (en) | 2004-04-13 | 2007-11-20 | Cephalon France | Thio-substituted arylmethanesulfinyl derivatives |
WO2005102318A1 (en) | 2004-04-20 | 2005-11-03 | Ab Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating hiv related diseases |
US20080146585A1 (en) | 2004-04-20 | 2008-06-19 | Ab Science | Use Of C-Kit Inhibitors For Treating Inflammatory Muscle Disorders Including Myositis And Muscular Dystrophy |
US7847120B2 (en) | 2004-04-22 | 2010-12-07 | Virginia Commonwealth University Intellectual Property Foundation | Compositions of allosteric hemoglobin modifiers and methods of making the same |
WO2005102326A2 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2005-11-03 | Ab Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating renal diseases |
JP2007533732A (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2007-11-22 | アブ サイエンス | Use of c-kit inhibitors for the treatment of fibrosis |
WO2005102455A1 (en) | 2004-04-23 | 2005-11-03 | Ab Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating plasmodium related diseases |
EP1746990A1 (en) | 2004-05-18 | 2007-01-31 | AB Science | Use of mast cells inhibitors for treating patients exposed to chemical or biological weapons |
WO2005115304A2 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2005-12-08 | Ab Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating fibrodysplasia |
WO2005115385A1 (en) | 2004-05-24 | 2005-12-08 | Ab Science | Use of c-kit inhibitors for treating acne |
WO2006003923A1 (en) | 2004-06-30 | 2006-01-12 | Sankyo Company, Limited | Substituted benzene compound |
TW200606129A (en) | 2004-07-26 | 2006-02-16 | Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd | Novel cyclohexane derivative, its prodrug, its salt and diabetic therapeutic agent containing the same |
GB0420722D0 (en) | 2004-09-17 | 2004-10-20 | Addex Pharmaceuticals Sa | Novel allosteric modulators |
JP2008517956A (en) | 2004-10-28 | 2008-05-29 | メディキュア・インターナショナル・インコーポレーテッド | Dual antiplatelet / anticoagulant pyridoxine analogues |
EP1831170A4 (en) | 2004-12-14 | 2009-10-14 | Astrazeneca Ab | Substituted aminopyridines and uses thereof |
US7968574B2 (en) | 2004-12-28 | 2011-06-28 | Kinex Pharmaceuticals, Llc | Biaryl compositions and methods for modulating a kinase cascade |
WO2006088173A1 (en) | 2005-02-21 | 2006-08-24 | Shionogi & Co., Ltd. | Bicyclic carbamoylpyridone derivative having hiv integrase inhibiting activity |
JP5159604B2 (en) | 2005-03-19 | 2013-03-06 | アモーレパシフィック コーポレイション | Novel compounds as vanilloid receptor antagonists, isomers thereof or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same |
EP1864980A4 (en) | 2005-03-30 | 2010-08-18 | Eisai R&D Man Co Ltd | Antifungal agent containing pyridine derivative |
GB0506677D0 (en) | 2005-04-01 | 2005-05-11 | Btg Int Ltd | Iron modulators |
WO2006113261A2 (en) | 2005-04-14 | 2006-10-26 | Bristol-Myers Squibb Company | Inhibitors of 11-beta hydroxysteroid dehydrogenase type i |
JP2006306926A (en) | 2005-04-26 | 2006-11-09 | Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd | Liquid crystal composition and liquid crystal element |
SI3284520T1 (en) | 2005-04-28 | 2019-10-30 | Viiv Healthcare Co | Polycyclic carbamoylpyridone derivative having hiv integrase inhibitory activity |
US20080280849A1 (en) | 2005-06-01 | 2008-11-13 | Herve Leh | Synergic Combinations Comprising a Quinoline Compound and Other Hiv Infection Therapeutic Agents |
CN101208088A (en) | 2005-06-02 | 2008-06-25 | 拜尔农作物科学股份公司 | Phenylalkyl substituted heteroaryl devivatives |
DE102005025989A1 (en) | 2005-06-07 | 2007-01-11 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | carboxamides |
JP2006342115A (en) | 2005-06-10 | 2006-12-21 | Shionogi & Co Ltd | Polycyclic compound having hiv integrase inhibition activity |
MX2007016492A (en) | 2005-06-20 | 2008-03-07 | Astrazeneca Ab | Process for the preparation of sulfonic acid salts of oxabispidines. |
CA2613235A1 (en) * | 2005-06-30 | 2007-01-11 | Prosidion Limited | Gpcr agonists |
CN100562514C (en) * | 2005-07-22 | 2009-11-25 | 中国科学院上海药物研究所 | Substituted propionamide derivatives, preparation method and application thereof |
GB0516270D0 (en) | 2005-08-08 | 2005-09-14 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Novel compounds |
WO2007035430A2 (en) | 2005-09-16 | 2007-03-29 | Janssen Pharmaceutica N.V. | Process for the preparation of benzo [e] [1,2,4] triazepin-2-one derivatives |
EP1945622B1 (en) | 2005-10-11 | 2011-12-28 | University of Pittsburgh - Of the Commonwealth System of Higher Education | Isotopically-labeled benzofuran compounds as imagingagents for amyloidogenic proteins |
KR20080064182A (en) | 2005-10-27 | 2008-07-08 | 시오노기세야쿠 가부시키가이샤 | Polycyclic Carbamoylpyridone Derivatives Having HIV Integrase Inhibitory Activity |
US20070197532A1 (en) | 2005-11-18 | 2007-08-23 | Cao Sheldon X | Glucokinase activators |
WO2007081630A2 (en) | 2005-12-21 | 2007-07-19 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Substituted pyrimidinyl kinase inhibitors |
WO2007084914A2 (en) | 2006-01-17 | 2007-07-26 | Neurocrine Biosciences, Inc. | Phenoxy-substituted pyrimidines as adenosine receptor antagonists |
WO2007095495A2 (en) | 2006-02-13 | 2007-08-23 | Pharmacopeia, Inc. | Benzodiazepine gcnf modulators for stem cell modulation |
JP2009526863A (en) | 2006-02-15 | 2009-07-23 | アラーガン、インコーポレイテッド | Sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor antagonists Indole-3-carboxylic acid amide, ester, thioamide and thiol ester compounds having aryl or heteroaryl groups with biological activity |
US8013153B2 (en) | 2006-03-23 | 2011-09-06 | Janssen Pharmaceutica, N.V. | Substituted pyrimidine kinase inhibitors |
US7351434B2 (en) | 2006-04-07 | 2008-04-01 | Academia Sinica | Therapeutic Gastrodia extracts |
RU2318818C1 (en) | 2006-04-12 | 2008-03-10 | Общество С Ограниченной Ответственностью "Исследовательский Институт Химического Разнообразия" | Azaheterocycles, combinatory library, focused library, pharmaceutical composition and method for preparing (variants) |
EP2007757B1 (en) | 2006-04-13 | 2012-10-03 | Vertex Pharmceuticals Incorporated | Thiophene-carboxamides useful as inhibitors of protein kinases |
JP4963863B2 (en) | 2006-04-27 | 2012-06-27 | 株式会社Adeka | Novel compound and liquid crystal composition containing the compound |
WO2007146066A2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2007-12-21 | Critical Therapeutics, Inc. | Novel piperazines, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof |
US7943622B2 (en) | 2006-06-06 | 2011-05-17 | Cornerstone Therapeutics, Inc. | Piperazines, pharmaceutical compositions and methods of use thereof |
EP2044059A1 (en) | 2006-06-08 | 2009-04-08 | Speedel Experimenta AG | 2,5-disubstituted piperidines |
WO2008029200A1 (en) | 2006-09-03 | 2008-03-13 | Techfields Biochem Co. Ltd | Positively charged water-soluble prodrugs of acetaminophen and related compounds with very fast skin penetration rate |
GB0614586D0 (en) | 2006-07-22 | 2006-08-30 | Pliva Istrazivacki Inst D O O | Pharmaceutical Formulation |
CN101113148A (en) | 2006-07-26 | 2008-01-30 | 中国海洋大学 | Dioxypiperazine compounds and their preparation method and use |
EP2054411B1 (en) | 2006-07-27 | 2014-08-20 | Amorepacific Corporation | Novel compounds, isomer thereof, or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof as vanilloid receptor antagonist; and pharmaceutical compositions containing the same |
TW200817424A (en) | 2006-08-04 | 2008-04-16 | Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd | Benzylphenyl glucopyranoside derivatives |
TWI389895B (en) | 2006-08-21 | 2013-03-21 | Infinity Discovery Inc | Compounds and methods for inhibiting the interaction of bcl proteins with binding partners |
KR101129868B1 (en) | 2006-10-04 | 2012-04-12 | 화이자 프로덕츠 인코포레이티드 | Pyrido[4,3-d]pyrimidin-43h-one derivatives as calcium receptor antagonists |
EP2097385B1 (en) | 2006-10-23 | 2012-08-01 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | 2-[1-phenyl-5-hydroxy or methoxy-4alpha-methyl-hexahydroclopenta[f]indazol-5-yl]ethyl phenyl derivatives as glucocorticoid receptor ligands |
US8962674B2 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2015-02-24 | Tokyo Institute Of Technology | Curcumin derivative |
WO2008066145A1 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2008-06-05 | R-Tech Ueno, Ltd. | Thiazole derivative and use thereof as vap-1 inhibitor |
FR2909379B1 (en) | 2006-11-30 | 2009-01-16 | Servier Lab | NOVEL HETEROCYCLIC DERIVATIVES, PROCESS FOR PREPARING THEM AND PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITIONS CONTAINING SAME. |
DE102006060598A1 (en) | 2006-12-21 | 2008-06-26 | Merck Patent Gmbh | New tetrahydrobenzoisoxazole compounds are mitotic motor protein Eg5 modulators useful to treat and prevent cancer, and to treat e.g. monocyte leukemia, glioblastoma, colon carcinoma, myelotic leukemia and lymphatic leukemia |
US8524917B2 (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2013-09-03 | Allergan, Inc. | 6-substituted indole-3-carboxylic acid amide compounds having sphingosine-1-phosphate (S1P) receptor antagonist biological activity |
MX2009007334A (en) | 2007-01-11 | 2009-07-15 | Allergan Inc | 6-substituted indole-3-carboxylic acid amide compounds having sphingosine-1-phosphate (s1p) receptor antagonist biological activity. |
US8557853B2 (en) | 2007-02-09 | 2013-10-15 | Allergan, Inc. | Aryl fluoroethyl ureas acting as alpha 2 adrenergic agents |
RU2532135C2 (en) | 2007-02-22 | 2014-10-27 | Зингента Партисипейшнс Аг | Iminopyridine derivatives and use thereof as microbiocides |
TWI407960B (en) | 2007-03-23 | 2013-09-11 | Jerini Ag | Small molecule bradykinin b2 receptor modulators |
WO2008121066A1 (en) | 2007-03-30 | 2008-10-09 | Astrazeneca Ab | Novel tricyclic spiropiperidines or spiropyrrolidines and their use as modulators of chemokine receptors |
US7994367B2 (en) | 2007-05-22 | 2011-08-09 | Sumitomo Chemical Company, Limited | Method for producing benzaldehyde compound |
EP2167464B1 (en) | 2007-05-25 | 2014-12-03 | AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co KG | Heterocyclic compounds as positive modulators of metabotropic glutamate receptor 2 (mglu2 receptor) |
WO2009001214A2 (en) | 2007-06-28 | 2008-12-31 | Pfizer Products Inc. | Thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidin-4(3h)-one, isoxazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-4(5h)-one and isothiazolo[5,4-d]pyrimidin-4(5h)-one derivatives as calcium receptor antagonists |
WO2009011850A2 (en) * | 2007-07-16 | 2009-01-22 | Abbott Laboratories | Novel therapeutic compounds |
BRPI0814825A2 (en) | 2007-07-17 | 2015-02-03 | Hoffmann La Roche | COMPOUND, PROCESS FOR THE PREPARATION OF COMPOUND, PHARMACEUTICAL COMPOSITION UNDERSTANDING ITS USE AND METHODS FOR TREATMENT OR PROPHYLAXY OF DIABETES, OBESITY, DISORDERS OF FOOD OR DISLIPIMEDIA AND TYPE II DIABETES |
CA2694261A1 (en) | 2007-07-26 | 2009-01-29 | Novartis Ag | Organic compounds |
TW200918521A (en) | 2007-08-31 | 2009-05-01 | Astrazeneca Ab | Heterocyclic amides and methods of use thereof |
ES2393430T3 (en) | 2007-10-17 | 2012-12-21 | Novartis Ag | Imidazo [1,2-A] -pyridine derivatives useful as ALK inhibitors |
JP2009108152A (en) | 2007-10-29 | 2009-05-21 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Polymerizable compound and optical film |
CN101889010B (en) | 2007-12-04 | 2012-12-05 | 弗·哈夫曼-拉罗切有限公司 | Isoxazolo-pyridine derivatives |
US7776875B2 (en) | 2007-12-19 | 2010-08-17 | Hoffman-La Roche Inc. | Spiroindolinone derivatives |
JP2009149754A (en) | 2007-12-20 | 2009-07-09 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Polymerizable compound and optical film obtained by polymerizing the polymerizable compound |
JP2009203230A (en) | 2008-01-31 | 2009-09-10 | Daiichi Sankyo Co Ltd | Pharmaceutical composition containing benzyl phenyl glucopyranoside derivative |
WO2009105782A1 (en) | 2008-02-21 | 2009-08-27 | Sequoia Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Hiv protease inhibitor and cytochrome p450 inhibitor combinations |
WO2009106599A2 (en) | 2008-02-29 | 2009-09-03 | Novartis Ag | Substituted piperidines as therapeutic compounds |
US8268834B2 (en) | 2008-03-19 | 2012-09-18 | Novartis Ag | Pyrazine derivatives that inhibit phosphatidylinositol 3-kinase enzyme |
JP5219583B2 (en) | 2008-03-31 | 2013-06-26 | 住友化学株式会社 | Composition, optical film and method for producing the same, optical member and display device |
US8633245B2 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2014-01-21 | Institute Of Medicinal Molecular Design, Inc. | PAI-1 inhibitor |
AU2009234899A1 (en) | 2008-04-11 | 2009-10-15 | Institute Of Medicinal Molecular Design, Inc. | PAI-1 inhibitor |
KR101626136B1 (en) | 2008-04-14 | 2016-06-03 | 보드 오브 리전츠, 더 유니버시티 오브 텍사스 시스템 | Small molecule inhibitors of the pleckstrin homology domain and methods for using same |
JP2011136906A (en) | 2008-04-18 | 2011-07-14 | Otsuka Pharmaceut Co Ltd | Heterocyclic compound |
US8119647B2 (en) | 2008-04-23 | 2012-02-21 | Glenmark Pharmaceuticals S.A. | Fused pyrimidineone compounds as TRPV3 modulators |
WO2009136889A1 (en) * | 2008-05-08 | 2009-11-12 | Nova Southeastern University | Specific inhibitors for vascular endothelial growth factor receptors |
JP5514810B2 (en) | 2008-06-04 | 2014-06-04 | タイメッド バイオロジクス インコーポレイテッド | HIV integrase inhibitor derived from pyridoxine |
DE102008027574A1 (en) | 2008-06-10 | 2009-12-17 | Merck Patent Gmbh | New pyrrolidine derivatives as MetAP-2 inhibitors |
JP5314330B2 (en) | 2008-06-16 | 2013-10-16 | 住友化学株式会社 | Process for producing 2- (aryloxymethyl) benzaldehyde and its intermediate |
GB0811451D0 (en) * | 2008-06-20 | 2008-07-30 | Syngenta Participations Ag | Novel microbiocides |
US20110294836A1 (en) | 2008-06-20 | 2011-12-01 | Metabolex, Inc. | Aryl gpr119 agonists and uses thereof |
EP2361248B1 (en) | 2008-06-27 | 2018-09-19 | Celgene CAR LLC | Heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof |
WO2010027762A1 (en) | 2008-09-04 | 2010-03-11 | Boehringer Ingelheim International Gmbh | Indolizine inhibitors of leukotriene production |
JP5443720B2 (en) | 2008-09-05 | 2014-03-19 | 住友化学株式会社 | Composition, optical film and method for producing the same, optical member, and display device |
JP2010066630A (en) | 2008-09-12 | 2010-03-25 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Method for manufacturing optical film, and optical film |
AR073304A1 (en) | 2008-09-22 | 2010-10-28 | Jerini Ag | MODULATORS OF THE BRADIQUININE B2 RECEPTOR OF SMALL MOLECULA |
EP2350020B1 (en) | 2008-10-03 | 2014-08-13 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Spiro-imidazolone derivatives as glucagon receptor antagonists |
US8729081B2 (en) | 2008-10-10 | 2014-05-20 | Vm Discovery Inc. | Compositions and methods for treating alcohol use disorders, pain and other diseases |
WO2010048149A2 (en) | 2008-10-20 | 2010-04-29 | Kalypsys, Inc. | Heterocyclic modulators of gpr119 for treatment of disease |
EP2365809B8 (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2018-10-10 | Ariad Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Pyrazinopyrazines and derivatives as kinase inhibitors |
JP2012508692A (en) | 2008-11-12 | 2012-04-12 | シェーリング コーポレイション | Inhibitors of fatty acid binding protein (FABP) |
JP5736318B2 (en) | 2008-12-08 | 2015-06-17 | ベーリンガー インゲルハイム インターナショナル ゲゼルシャフト ミット ベシュレンクテル ハフツング | Compounds for treating cancer |
WO2010073011A2 (en) | 2008-12-23 | 2010-07-01 | Betagenon Ab | Compounds useful as medicaments |
CU24099B1 (en) | 2009-01-12 | 2015-06-30 | Pfizer Ltd | SULFONAMIDE DERIVATIVES FOR PAIN TREATMENT |
US20110319416A1 (en) | 2009-01-28 | 2011-12-29 | Emory University | Subunit Selective NMDA Receptor Antagonists For The Treatment Of Neurological Conditions |
WO2010088518A2 (en) | 2009-01-31 | 2010-08-05 | Kalypsys, Inc. | Heterocyclic modulators of gpr119 for treatment of disease |
TW201033201A (en) * | 2009-02-19 | 2010-09-16 | Hoffmann La Roche | Isoxazole-isoxazole and isoxazole-isothiazole derivatives |
CN104592219B (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2017-04-12 | 住友化学株式会社 | Compound, optical film and method for making optical film |
JP5899607B2 (en) | 2009-03-16 | 2016-04-06 | 住友化学株式会社 | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
US8969342B2 (en) | 2009-03-20 | 2015-03-03 | Brandeis University | Compounds and methods for treating mammalian gastrointestinal microbial infections |
SMT201700416T1 (en) | 2009-03-31 | 2017-11-15 | Ligand Pharm Inc | A biphenylsulfonamide endothelin and angiotensin ii receptor antagonist to treat glomerulosclerosis |
ES2440000T3 (en) | 2009-05-08 | 2014-01-27 | Tetraphase Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | 8-aza-tetracycline compounds |
JP2011006360A (en) | 2009-06-26 | 2011-01-13 | Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
EP2471789B9 (en) | 2009-08-26 | 2015-03-25 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Fused heterocyclic ring derivative and use thereof |
EP2474540A4 (en) | 2009-08-31 | 2013-03-13 | Nippon Chemiphar Co | Gpr119 agonist |
WO2011032169A2 (en) | 2009-09-14 | 2011-03-17 | Phusis Therapeutics Inc. | Pharmaceutical compositions and formulations including inhibitors of the pleckstrin homology domain and methods for using same |
MX2012003170A (en) | 2009-09-21 | 2012-04-11 | Hoffmann La Roche | Heterocyclic antiviral compounds. |
RS59599B2 (en) | 2009-11-09 | 2023-03-31 | Wyeth Llc | Tablet formulations of neratinib maleate |
TW201139406A (en) | 2010-01-14 | 2011-11-16 | Glaxo Group Ltd | Voltage-gated sodium channel blockers |
CN102712595B (en) | 2010-01-25 | 2015-04-22 | 凯瑞斯治疗公司 | Novel compositions for reducing A beta 42 production and their use in treating alzheimer's disease (AD) |
US20130178453A1 (en) | 2010-02-09 | 2013-07-11 | Ironwood Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Cannabinoid Agonists |
WO2011100324A1 (en) | 2010-02-09 | 2011-08-18 | Ironwood Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Cannabinoid receptor agonists |
JP5375644B2 (en) | 2010-02-10 | 2013-12-25 | 住友化学株式会社 | Composition and optical film |
EP2549873A1 (en) | 2010-03-25 | 2013-01-30 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Novel spiro imidazolones as glucagon receptor antagonists, compositions, and methods for their use |
CN102206172B (en) | 2010-03-30 | 2015-02-25 | 中国医学科学院医药生物技术研究所 | Substituted diaryl compound and preparation method and antiviral application thereof |
KR101698153B1 (en) | 2010-04-26 | 2017-01-23 | 광주과학기술원 | Novel pyridine carboxylic acid compound as a P2X1 and P2X3 receptor antagonist, the preparation method thereof and a composition containing the same |
CN102232949A (en) | 2010-04-27 | 2011-11-09 | 孙远 | Drug dissolution increasing composition and preparation method thereof |
TWI535442B (en) | 2010-05-10 | 2016-06-01 | Kyowa Hakko Kirin Co Ltd | A nitrogen-containing heterocyclic compound having an action of inhibiting the production of canine erythritine |
JP5703594B2 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2015-04-22 | 住友化学株式会社 | Compound, optical film and method for producing optical film |
US8969349B2 (en) | 2010-05-26 | 2015-03-03 | Sunovion Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Substituted quinoxalines and quinoxalinones as PDE-10 inhibitors |
EP2593107A1 (en) | 2010-07-12 | 2013-05-22 | Merck Sharp & Dohme Corp. | Tyrosine kinase inhibitors |
US20120122928A1 (en) | 2010-08-11 | 2012-05-17 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | Heteroarylpiperidine and -Piperazine Derivatives as Fungicides |
CA2811265C (en) | 2010-09-14 | 2018-07-31 | Instytut Biochemii I Biofizyki Pan | Compounds as modulators of a mutant cftr protein and their use for treating diseases associated with cftr protein malfunction |
CN102116772B (en) | 2010-09-28 | 2013-08-28 | 上海大学 | Method for screening dihydrochalcone compound |
EP2630135B1 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2020-03-04 | Bayer Intellectual Property GmbH | 1-(heterocyclic carbonyl) piperidines |
WO2012052491A2 (en) | 2010-10-21 | 2012-04-26 | Bayer Cropscience Ag | 1-(heterocyclic carbonyl)-2-substituted pyrrolidines |
CA2817577A1 (en) | 2010-11-10 | 2012-05-18 | Infinity Pharmaceuticals, Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
CA2823166C (en) | 2010-12-27 | 2019-04-09 | Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited | Orally disintegrating tablet |
EP2663312B1 (en) | 2011-01-10 | 2017-10-11 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
US20120184572A1 (en) | 2011-01-13 | 2012-07-19 | Metabolex, Inc. | Aryl gpr119 agonists and uses thereof |
EP2670245B1 (en) | 2011-02-04 | 2015-09-09 | The Scripps Research Institute | Alpha-ketoheterocycles and methods of making and using |
CA2832570A1 (en) | 2011-04-06 | 2012-10-11 | Teva Pharmaceutical Industries Ltd. | New intermediates and processes for preparing ticagrelor |
EP2698368B1 (en) | 2011-04-11 | 2018-02-14 | Green Tech Co., Ltd. | Novel pyrazole derivative |
US9029389B2 (en) | 2011-04-21 | 2015-05-12 | Institut Pasteur Korea | Anti-inflammation compounds |
UY34171A (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2013-01-31 | Gilead Sciences Inc | FUSIONED HETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS AS IONIC CHANNEL MODULATORS |
US8791114B2 (en) | 2011-07-01 | 2014-07-29 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Dihydropyrazoles |
AU2012284088B2 (en) | 2011-07-19 | 2015-10-08 | Infinity Pharmaceuticals Inc. | Heterocyclic compounds and uses thereof |
BR112014001934B1 (en) | 2011-07-29 | 2020-12-15 | Karyopharm Therapeutics, Inc | HYDRAZINE CONTAINING NUCLEAR TRANSPORT MODULATORS AND THEIR USES |
WO2013040471A2 (en) | 2011-09-15 | 2013-03-21 | Demerx, Inc. | Noribogaine salt ansolvates |
WO2013052803A2 (en) | 2011-10-07 | 2013-04-11 | Radiorx, Inc. | Methods and compositions comprising a nitrite-reductase promoter for treatment of medical disorders and preservation of blood products |
ES2790358T3 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-10-27 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Substituted Heteroaryl Aldehyde Compounds and Methods for Their Use in Increasing Tissue Oxygenation |
PT2797416T (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2017-10-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Substituted benzaldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
EP2802330A4 (en) | 2012-01-10 | 2015-10-21 | Nimbus Iris Inc | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
RU2015100900A (en) | 2012-06-14 | 2016-08-10 | Янссен Байотек, Инк. | TREATMENT OF PLURIPOTENT CELLS |
WO2013192517A2 (en) | 2012-06-21 | 2013-12-27 | Whitehead Institute For Biomedical Research | Compounds for treating infectious diseases |
JP2014005380A (en) | 2012-06-25 | 2014-01-16 | Dic Corp | Liquid crystal composition |
WO2014011906A2 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2014-01-16 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014011902A1 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2014-01-16 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
US20140018361A1 (en) | 2012-07-11 | 2014-01-16 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
CA2880178C (en) | 2012-07-27 | 2021-10-26 | Sato Pharmaceutical Co., Ltd. | Difluoromethylene compound |
US9388185B2 (en) | 2012-08-10 | 2016-07-12 | Incyte Holdings Corporation | Substituted pyrrolo[2,3-b]pyrazines as FGFR inhibitors |
WO2014031872A2 (en) | 2012-08-23 | 2014-02-27 | The Broad Institute, Inc. | Small molecule inhibitors for treating parasitic infections |
BR112015003729A2 (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2018-06-05 | Univ Texas | compound of formula I; pharmaceutical composition; method of treating a hyphenated pathway disease; method of treating a disease caused by abnormal cell proliferation; and method to achieve an effect on a patient |
EP2888253A4 (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2016-01-06 | Univ Texas | HETEROCYCLIC MODULATORS OF HIF FACTOR ACTIVITY USED FOR THE TREATMENT OF DISEASES |
WO2014031928A2 (en) | 2012-08-24 | 2014-02-27 | Philip Jones | Heterocyclic modulators of hif activity for treatment of disease |
TW201416348A (en) | 2012-08-29 | 2014-05-01 | Gruenenthal Chemie | Fluoromethyl-substituted pyrrole carboxamides |
EA031631B1 (en) | 2012-09-27 | 2019-01-31 | Чугаи Сеияку Кабушики Каиша | Method for treating or preventing cancer, method for selecting a patient, method for testing cancer predisposition in a subject, fusion polypeptide and uses thereof |
JP6237646B2 (en) | 2012-12-27 | 2017-11-29 | 住友化学株式会社 | Tetrazolinone compounds and uses thereof |
US9073946B2 (en) | 2013-01-15 | 2015-07-07 | Kineta, Inc. | Anti-viral compounds |
WO2014130856A2 (en) | 2013-02-21 | 2014-08-28 | Wayne Rothbaum | Treatment of skeletal-related disorders |
US9200005B2 (en) | 2013-03-13 | 2015-12-01 | AbbVie Deutschland GmbH & Co. KG | Inhibitor compounds of phosphodiesterase type 10A |
US20150057251A1 (en) | 2013-08-26 | 2015-02-26 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US20140274961A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9604999B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-03-28 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
KR101971385B1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-22 | 글로벌 블러드 테라퓨틱스, 인크. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9458139B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-10-04 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
WO2014150289A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-25 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10266551B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
EP2968295A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-01-20 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the modulation of hemoglobin (s) |
US9422279B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-08-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10100043B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
PE20161035A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2016-11-13 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | COMPOUNDS AND USES OF THESE FOR THE MODULATION OF HEMOGLOBIN |
MX378131B (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2025-03-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | COMPOUNDS AND THEIR USES TO MODULATE HEMOGLOBIN. |
US9802900B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2017-10-31 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US20140271591A1 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2014-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compositions and methods for the modulation of hemoglobin (s) |
ES2710380T3 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-24 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
KR20140127587A (en) | 2013-04-25 | 2014-11-04 | (주)프론트바이오 | 5-membered heterocyclic derivatives, processes for their preparation and pharmaceutical compositions containing them |
WO2014179144A1 (en) | 2013-04-29 | 2014-11-06 | E. I. Du Pont De Nemours And Company | Fungicidal heterocyclic compounds |
WO2014177464A2 (en) | 2013-04-30 | 2014-11-06 | Heinrich-Heine-Universität Düsseldorf | Inhibitors of nhr2 and/or runx1/eto-tetramerization |
WO2014194201A2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2014-12-04 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Cdk8 inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2014194242A2 (en) | 2013-05-31 | 2014-12-04 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Flt3 inhibitors and uses thereof |
US20160206604A1 (en) | 2013-08-26 | 2016-07-21 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Formulations comprising wetting agents and compounds for the modulation of hemoglobin (s) |
US20160207904A1 (en) | 2013-08-27 | 2016-07-21 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde ansolvate salts |
WO2015031285A1 (en) | 2013-08-27 | 2015-03-05 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde ansolvate salts |
KR101628288B1 (en) | 2013-09-30 | 2016-06-08 | 주식회사 엘지화학 | Composition for manufacturing optical elements with negative optical dispersion and optically anisotropic body manufactured therefrom |
WO2015051230A1 (en) | 2013-10-04 | 2015-04-09 | Drexel University | Novel compositions useful for inhibiting hiv-1 infection and methods using same |
EP3060947B1 (en) | 2013-10-21 | 2021-04-14 | Merck Patent GmbH | Method of preparing a birefringent polymer film |
US20150141465A1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2015-05-21 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
EA202092627A1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2021-09-30 | Глобал Блад Терапьютикс, Инк. | COMPOUNDS AND THEIR APPLICATIONS FOR HEMOGLOBIN MODULATION |
CN103936659B (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2016-06-22 | 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 | Compound containing carbon bridging carbazole structure unit and preparation method thereof and application |
CN103936658B (en) | 2013-12-12 | 2016-01-13 | 石家庄诚志永华显示材料有限公司 | Compound containing carbazole structure unit and preparation method thereof and application |
EP2883934B1 (en) | 2013-12-16 | 2019-11-13 | Merck Patent GmbH | Liquid-crystalline medium |
US9248199B2 (en) | 2014-01-29 | 2016-02-02 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | 1:1 adducts of sickle hemoglobin |
SG10201804139VA (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2018-06-28 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Crystalline polymorphs of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
EP3110420B8 (en) | 2014-02-25 | 2019-07-10 | Board of Regents, The University of Texas System | Salts of heterocyclic modulators of hif activity for treatment of disease |
KR101920472B1 (en) | 2014-03-06 | 2019-02-08 | 상하이 하이옌 파마슈티컬 테크놀로지 컴퍼니, 리미티드 | Piperidine derivatives as orexin receptor antagonist |
US20150258105A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2015-09-17 | Demerx, Inc. | Methods for acute and long-term treatment of alcohol dependence |
US20150258104A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2015-09-17 | Demerx, Inc. | Use of noribogaine for the treatment of pain |
US20150258106A1 (en) | 2014-03-13 | 2015-09-17 | Demerx, Inc. | Methods for acute and long-term treatment of substance abuse |
TWI648282B (en) | 2014-03-27 | 2019-01-21 | 印度商托仁特生技有限公司 | New fusion imidazole benzothiazole compound |
EA031409B1 (en) | 2014-06-17 | 2018-12-28 | КЬЕЗИ ФАРМАЧЕУТИЧИ С.п.А. | Indolizine derivatives as phosphoinositide 3-kinases inhibitors |
WO2016043849A2 (en) | 2014-07-24 | 2016-03-24 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds for treating acute respiratory distress syndrome or a negative effect thereof |
DE102015008172A1 (en) | 2014-07-28 | 2016-01-28 | Merck Patent Gmbh | Liquid-crystalline media with homeotropic alignment |
EP2985334B1 (en) | 2014-08-15 | 2018-06-20 | Merck Patent GmbH | Liquid-crystalline medium |
AU2015324313B2 (en) | 2014-09-30 | 2018-11-15 | Transitions Optical, Inc. | Ultraviolet light absorbers |
CA2963938C (en) | 2014-10-07 | 2023-10-24 | Sage Therapeutics, Inc. | Neuroactive compounds and methods of use thereof |
WO2016077541A1 (en) | 2014-11-12 | 2016-05-19 | The Trustees Of The University Of Pennsylvania | Novel anti-infective compounds and methods using same |
EP3845275A1 (en) | 2014-11-26 | 2021-07-07 | DemeRx, Inc. | Methods and compositions for potentiating the action of opioid analgesics using iboga alkaloids |
CA2977367A1 (en) | 2015-02-19 | 2016-08-25 | Purdue Pharma L.P. | Methods and compositions for decreasing gastric emptying |
US10647679B2 (en) | 2015-03-15 | 2020-05-12 | Emory University | N-methyl-D-aspartate receptor (NMDAR) potentiators, pharmaceutical compositions, and uses related thereto |
WO2016153951A1 (en) | 2015-03-20 | 2016-09-29 | Deuterx, Llc | 5-deutero-thiazolidinyldione compounds and methods of treating medical disorders using same |
MA41841A (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-02-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | ALDEHYDE COMPOUNDS FOR THE TREATMENT OF PULMONARY FIBROSIS, HYPOXIA, AND AUTOIMMUNE AND CONNECTIVE TISSUE DISEASES |
CN104876912B (en) | 2015-04-08 | 2017-07-21 | 苏州云轩医药科技有限公司 | Wnt signal path inhibitor and its application |
WO2017004134A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2017004133A1 (en) | 2015-06-29 | 2017-01-05 | Nimbus Iris, Inc. | Irak inhibitors and uses thereof |
WO2017039318A1 (en) | 2015-09-01 | 2017-03-09 | Kainos Medicine, Inc. | Benzimidazole derivatives for dna methylation inhibitors |
US11124483B2 (en) | 2015-09-02 | 2021-09-21 | The Regents Of The University Of California | HER3 ligands and uses thereof |
US10029995B2 (en) | 2015-09-03 | 2018-07-24 | Forma Therapeutics, Inc. | [6,6] fused bicyclic HDAC8 inhibitors |
TW201731509A (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2017-09-16 | 全球血液治療公司 | Dosage schedule for 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)-benzaldehyde |
ES2947636T3 (en) | 2016-03-16 | 2023-08-14 | Kura Oncology Inc | Substituted thieno[2,3-d]pyrimidine derivatives as inhibitors of menin-MLL and methods of use |
WO2017184531A1 (en) | 2016-04-18 | 2017-10-26 | Demerx, Inc. | Treatment of movement-related disorders using noribogaine |
AR108435A1 (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2018-08-22 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | PROCESS TO SYNTHETIZE 2-HYDROXI-6 - ((2- (1-ISOPROPIL-1H-PIRAZOL-5-IL) -PIRIDIN-3-IL) METOXI) BENZALDEHYDE |
EP3484858A4 (en) | 2016-06-21 | 2020-02-26 | The University of Melbourne | HIV LATENCY ACTIVATORS |
US11746097B2 (en) | 2016-06-24 | 2023-09-05 | Saint Louis University | LXR inverse agonists for treatment of cancer |
TWI778983B (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2022-10-01 | 美商全球血液治療公司 | Tablets comprising 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
ES2966707T3 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2024-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics Inc | Hemoglobin modulators for the treatment of sickle cell disease |
LT3880654T (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2022-02-25 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | 2-formyl-3-hydroxyphenyloxymethyl compounds capable of modulating hemoglobin |
-
2014
- 2014-03-10 PE PE2015001922A patent/PE20161035A1/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 CN CN202010996640.8A patent/CN112500338A/en active Pending
- 2014-03-10 MX MX2015011445A patent/MX379228B/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 MY MYPI2015002271A patent/MY191087A/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 CN CN201480015944.4A patent/CN105073728A/en not_active Withdrawn
- 2014-03-10 AP AP2015008721A patent/AP2015008721A0/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 SG SG11201507320QA patent/SG11201507320QA/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 ES ES14770695T patent/ES2852054T3/en active Active
- 2014-03-10 CA CA2903220A patent/CA2903220C/en active Active
- 2014-03-10 KR KR1020157024781A patent/KR102280614B1/en active Active
- 2014-03-10 BR BR112015021985-3A patent/BR112015021985B1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2014-03-10 US US14/776,726 patent/US20160083343A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2014-03-10 EA EA201591432A patent/EA034922B1/en unknown
- 2014-03-10 JP JP2016501058A patent/JP6426694B2/en active Active
- 2014-03-10 WO PCT/US2014/022769 patent/WO2014150268A1/en active Application Filing
- 2014-03-10 EP EP14770695.6A patent/EP2970196B1/en active Active
- 2014-03-10 AU AU2014237340A patent/AU2014237340C1/en not_active Ceased
- 2014-03-10 SG SG10201802911RA patent/SG10201802911RA/en unknown
- 2014-03-13 UY UY0001035426A patent/UY35426A/en not_active Application Discontinuation
- 2014-03-13 TW TW103109178A patent/TWI695830B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
-
2015
- 2015-09-02 IL IL241060A patent/IL241060B/en unknown
- 2015-09-07 CL CL2015002501A patent/CL2015002501A1/en unknown
- 2015-09-09 SA SA515361026A patent/SA515361026B1/en unknown
- 2015-09-09 SA SA517382253A patent/SA517382253B1/en unknown
-
2017
- 2017-06-02 ZA ZA2017/03791A patent/ZA201703791B/en unknown
-
2018
- 2018-09-11 US US16/127,776 patent/US20190010121A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2018-10-25 JP JP2018200506A patent/JP6690861B2/en active Active
- 2018-11-06 AU AU2018260808A patent/AU2018260808B2/en not_active Ceased
- 2018-11-09 US US16/186,275 patent/US11053195B2/en active Active
-
2020
- 2020-04-07 JP JP2020069169A patent/JP2020105228A/en active Pending
- 2020-06-12 AU AU2020203882A patent/AU2020203882A1/en not_active Abandoned
Patent Citations (1)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US20160083348A1 (en) * | 2013-03-15 | 2016-03-24 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
Non-Patent Citations (1)
Title |
---|
Nnamani, I. et al., Chem. & Biodiv. 2008, vol. 5, pp. 1762-69 * |
Cited By (32)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US10377741B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2019-08-13 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted heteroaryl aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10822326B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-11-03 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted heteroaryl aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10806733B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2020-10-20 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted benzaldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10034879B2 (en) | 2011-12-28 | 2018-07-31 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted benzaldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10100043B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Substituted aldehyde compounds and methods for their use in increasing tissue oxygenation |
US10435393B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-10-08 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10100040B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-10-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US11530191B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-12-20 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10266551B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-04-23 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10315991B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2019-06-11 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10017491B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-07-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10829470B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-11-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US9981939B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2018-05-29 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US11236109B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2022-02-01 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US11053195B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2021-07-06 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10858317B2 (en) | 2013-03-15 | 2020-12-08 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10450269B1 (en) | 2013-11-18 | 2019-10-22 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin |
US10722502B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2020-07-28 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline polymorphs of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US11452720B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2022-09-27 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline polymorphs of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10137118B2 (en) | 2014-02-07 | 2018-11-27 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Crystalline polymorphs of the free base of 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10695330B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2020-06-30 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of treatment |
US10004725B2 (en) | 2015-03-30 | 2018-06-26 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Methods of treatment |
US11020382B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2021-06-01 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Dosing regimens for 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1h-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US11944612B2 (en) | 2015-12-04 | 2024-04-02 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Dosing regimens for 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10577345B2 (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2020-03-03 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Process for synthesizing 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10077249B2 (en) | 2016-05-12 | 2018-09-18 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Process for synthesizing 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)-pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US10493035B2 (en) | 2016-10-12 | 2019-12-03 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Tablets comprising 2-hydroxy-6-((2-(1-isopropyl-1H-pyrazol-5-yl)pyridin-3-yl)methoxy)benzaldehyde |
US11014884B2 (en) | 2018-10-01 | 2021-05-25 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Modulators of hemoglobin |
US10683285B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2020-06-16 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Modulators of hemoglobin |
US11548880B2 (en) | 2018-11-19 | 2023-01-10 | Global Blood Therapeutics, Inc. | Modulators of hemoglobin |
US11014908B2 (en) | 2018-11-29 | 2021-05-25 | Pfizer Inc. | Chemical compounds |
US11702405B2 (en) | 2018-11-29 | 2023-07-18 | Pfizer Inc. | Chemical compounds |
Also Published As
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
US11053195B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US10450269B1 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US10858317B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US11236109B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US10100040B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US10266551B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US9802900B2 (en) | Bicyclic heteroaryl compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US9981939B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
US9604999B2 (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin | |
JP2018188481A (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for modulation of hemoglobin | |
OA17480A (en) | Compounds and uses thereof for the modulation of hemoglobin. |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
AS | Assignment |
Owner name: GLOBAL BLOOD THERAPEUTICS, INC., CALIFORNIA Free format text: ASSIGNMENT OF ASSIGNORS INTEREST;ASSIGNORS:XU, QING;LI, ZHE;GWALTNEY, STEPHEN L., II;SIGNING DATES FROM 20160314 TO 20160316;REEL/FRAME:038053/0691 |
|
STCB | Information on status: application discontinuation |
Free format text: ABANDONED -- FAILURE TO PAY ISSUE FEE |